Volume 2 PDF

ASIAN DEVELOPMENT BANK
AND
PEOPLES REPUBLIC OF BANGLADESH
MINISTRY OF COMMUNICATIONS
BANGLADESH RAILWAY
BAN TA 4847: INSTITUTIONAL SUPPORT FOR RAILWAY

REFORMS
WAY AND WORKS MANUAL

VOLUME 2 - WORKS
(CHAPTERS VIII - XIV)
PREPARED BY:
TERA INTERNATIONAL GROUP (TERA)
107 E. HOLLY AVENUE, SUITE 12
STERLING, VIRGINIA 20164, U.S.A.
TELEPHONE: ++1-703-406-4400 FACSIMILE: ++1-703-406-1550
AUGUST 2011
TERA INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
TA 4847-BAN: INSTITUTIONAL SUPPORT FOR BR
PREFACE
The Way and Works Manual (the Manual) was last published by the erstwhile East Pakistan Railway in
1959, and was reprinted in 1966. After independence in 1971, the Bangladesh Railway came in to
existence in its present form. In 1980, the 1966 version of the Manual was again reprinted to meet staff
needs. In the past few decades there have been important developments including: introduction of long and
continuous welded rails, use of concrete sleepers, heavier rail-profiles, innovative elastic fastenings,
mechanization of maintenance, and introduction of advanced measuring equipment and maintenance
management systems. As a result, the traditional ballasted superstructure can still satisfy the high
demands. Also there have been significant changes in rules and regulations for conducting business
following the enactment of new laws and regulations by the Government. Notable examples include
Recovery of Possession of Lands and Buildings under Governments Ordinance of 1970; revision of the
Railways General Rules in 1981; Acquisition and Requisition of Immovable Property Ordinance 1982 that
replaced the Land Acquisition Act of 1894; the enactment of Public Procurement Act 2006 and the Public
Procurement Rules 2008 which are applicable for all procurement using public funds; and the
Governments procedure for processing and approval of railway development projects.
Importantly, the nation sees the railway as an economic and environmentally sustainable mode for the
transportation of goods and people to support socio-economic development and social interaction in the
country. As a cheap mode of mass transportation, the railway meets the needs of the poor and low income
segments of society in fulfillment of the Governments agenda for poverty reduction.
In this background the need for a new Way and Works Manual (WWM) for staff of the Civil Engineering
Department was greatly felt. This Manual has been prepared by TERA International Group, Inc. (TERA)
pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Contract for Consulting Services dated 19 June 2007 (Contract
No. COCS 70-016) for implementing advisory technical assistance TA BAN-4847: Institutional Support for
Railway Reforms.
The Manual is based on guidelines issued on the Bangladesh Railway from time to time and also draws on
the experiences gained on other railway systems operating under almost similar conditions. Concurrently,
with the WWM, a separate Manual of Instructions on Long Welded Rails (LWR) has been prepared. The
LWR Manual should be read as a supplement of the Way and Works Manual.
It is hoped that the Manual will meet the intended purpose of guidance for all levels of staff and help to build
and maintain modern track safely, efficiently and economically. It is expected that the Chief Engineers of
the East and West Zones may supplement with further instructions warranted by local circumstances, as
and when necessary.
This Manual is the result of a cooperative effort involving a large number of officers and staff of the
Bangladesh Railway. Their cooperation is greatly valued. Also various sources, both in print and on the
World Wide Web, were referred to for technological updates, which are gratefully acknowledged.
This Manual is for official use only
Dhaka: August 2011
-i-
INSTRUCTION FOR THE USE OF THE MANUAL
The Way and Works Manual comprises 40 Chapters split in to four volumes as follows:
Volume 1: Duties of Officials (Chapters I to VII)
Volume 2: Works (Chapters VIII to XIV)
Volumes 3 and 4: Permanent Way (Chapters XV to XVII)
Volume 5: Other Functions (Chapters XVIII to XL)
The Chapters (with Roman numerals) are subdivided in to Sections (with Arabic numerals i.e., 1, 2, etc.)
and Parts (with index letters, i.e., A, B, etc.). The numbering of paragraphs has been done according to a
three/four figure code in which the first digit or first two digits give the chapter number. Thus paragraph
1530 is from Chapter 15. The chapters are supplemented by additional material provided in annexes which
have been placed at the end of the Chapter/Section/Part. At the start of each volume, the Contents by
Chapter and Detailed Contents, complete with paragraph and sub-paragraph numbers, for all volumes
have been given.
During the course of revision of the Manual, it was seen that most of the basic documents including
applicable rules and regulations were not readily available to staff for reference. The basic documents,
including relevant rules and regulations, some of which had to be obtained from other Ministries and
offices, have been extensively quoted in the Manual and where considered necessary, relevant excerpts
have been included as Annexes. This has been done with the sole purpose of making the basic documents
available to all staff, which will increase awareness of and compliance with extant procedures
Concurrently, along with the Way and Works Manual, a separate Manual of Instructions on Long Welded
Rails (LWR) has been prepared. The LWR Manual should be read as a supplement of the Way and Works
Manual.
- ii -
ABBREVIATIONS
AEN
Assistant Executive Engineer
CWR
Continuous Welded Rails
GR
General Rules
LWR
Long Welded Rails
SAE
Sub-Assistant Engineer
SR
Subsidiary Rules
SSAE
Senior Sub-Assistant Engineer
SEJ
Switch Expansion Joint
HFL
High Flood Level
MB
Measurement Book
PPR
Public Procurement Rules 2009
PPA
Public Procurement Act 2006
E-
Engineering Code
CTPU
Central Procurement Technical Unit
GCC
General Conditions 0f Contract
Cm
centimeter
meter
mm
millimeter
km
kilometer
centigrade
BG
Broad Gauge
MG
Meter Gauge
- iii -
CONTENTS BY CHAPTER
CHAPTER
TITLE
PAGES
VOLUME 1
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
Organizational Overview
Duties and Responsibilities of Divisional Engineer
Duties and Responsibilities of Assistant Executive Engineer
Duties and Responsibilities of Senior Sub-Assistant Engineer (Way)
Duties and Responsibilities of Senior Sub-Assistant Engineer (Works)
Duties of Head Mates, Gang Mete, Keyman and Wayman
Bridge Branch and Estate Department
1-2
3 - 11
12 - 24
25 - 41
42 - 47
48 - 55
56 - 65
VOLUME 2
VIII
IX
X
XI
XII
XIII
XIV
Preparation of Drawings
Development Projects, Surveys and Project Estimates
Preparation of Cost Estimates
Land Acquisition and Land Management
Execution of Works
Construction of New Line
Opening of New Lines
1-6
7 - 22
23 - 55
56 - 92
93 - 101
102 - 111
112 - 130
VOLUME 3
XV
Maintenance of Permanent Way (Section 1 Section 4)
1 169
VOLUME 4
XV
XVI
XVII
Maintenance of Permanent Way (Section 4 Section 7)

Re-laying of Permanent Way
Signals and Interlocking
1-165
166 183
184 - 189
VOLUME 5
XVIII Maintenance of Works
XIX
Measurement Books, Muster Sheets and Labor Pay Sheets
XX
Procurements and Contracts
XXI
Stations and Station Yards
XXII
Station Yards and Permanent Way Diagrams
XXIII Completion Reports
XXIV Rivers and Floods
XXV
Ghats
XXVI Cyclones and Norwesters
XXVII Breaches and Wash-outs
XXVIII Accidents, Obstructions and Enquiries
XXIX Ballast Train
XXX
Water Supply
XXXI Level Crossings and Gatemen
XXXII Trollies and Lorries
XXXIII Presidents Special Train
XXXIV Staff Quarters
XXXV Municipal, UNION Board and Chowkidari Taxation
XXXVI Booking of Railway Materials and Stores
XXXVII Bulk Oil Installations
XXXVIII Planting of Trees
XXXIX Environment and Social Dimensions
XL
Divisional Office Routine
- iv -
1 - 40
41 - 52
53 - 69
70 - 82
83 - 86
87 - 89
90 - 127
128 - 133
134 - 138
139 - 153
154 - 169
170 - 181
182 193
194 212
213 - 223
224 -225
226 - 232
233
234 - 237
238 - 239
240 241
242 259
260 - 263
DETIALED CONTENTS
VOLUME 1
Page
CHAPTER I: ORGANIZATIONAL OVERVIEW
12
101 Bangladesh Railway, 102 Civil Engineering Department, 103 Chief Engineer, 104
Engineer in Chief/Project Director, 105 Open line Organization.
CHAPTER II: DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF DIVISIONAL ENGINEER
3 11
201, General, 202, Duties of Divisional Engineer, 203, Duties of Divisional Engineer to
Maintenance of Permanent Way, (1) Inspection of track, (2) Maintenance of Long Welded
Rails, (3) Inspection and maintenance of bridges, (4) Maintenance of track with on-track
machines, 204, Duties of Divisional Engineer to Maintenance of Works, 205, Duties of
Divisional Engineer to Maintenance of Land Boundaries and Land Management, 206,
Duties of Divisional Engineer to Execution of New Works, (1) Responsibility for
sanction, starting work and expending public funds, (2) Execution of Works in
Emergency, (3) Proper Execution of Works, (4) Cost Control, (5) Control of Divisional
Accounts, (6) Works Register, 207, Checking of Works and Expenditure, (1) Checking
quality and quantity, (2) Scrutiny of Expenditure, 208, Schedule of Powers, 209, Conditions
of Contract, 210, Special Reports, 211, Emergency Payments, 212, Committee of Enquiry,
213, Other Matters, 214, Training of Staff, 215, Relinquishing Charge of Division, (1)
Statement of charge, (2) Responsibilities of Relieved and Relieving Officers, (3) Inspection
during Handing over, 216, Handing over Cash, Records and Instruments.
CHAPTER III: DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF ASSISTANT EXECUTIVE
ENGINEER
12 - 24
301, General, (1) Jurisdiction of Assistant Executive Engineer, (2) Knowledge of Rules and
Regulations, 302, Essential Duties and Responsibilities of Assistant Executive Engineers,
(1) Action in case of Emergencies, (2) Essential Duties, 303, Inspections of Way and Works
by Assistant Executive Engineer, (1) Record of Inspections, (2) Inspection of Permanent
Way, (3) Inspection of LWR/CWR, (4) Inspection of Bridges, (5) Inspection of Works,
Buildings and Structures, (6) Inspection of Water Supply, Sewerage and Drainage
Systems, (7) Inspection of Railway affecting works/Railway affecting tanks, 304, Execution
of Track Renewals, 305, Maintenance of Bridges and Structures, 306, Execution of Works,
307, Inspection of Office and Stores of SSAEs, 308, Land Management and
Encroachments, (1) Inspection of Land Boundaries, (2) Land Management, (3)
Unauthorized Structures 309, Ballast, 310, Staff Matters, 311, Communications/Coordination with Officials of other Departments, 312, Water Supply, 313, Probationers and
Apprentices, 314, Checking payments to labor, 315, Committee of Enquiry, 316, Control
over Expenditure, 317, Inspection by Higher Officials, 318, Relinquishing Charge.
Annex 303(1): Trolley Inspection Diagram
CHAPTER IV: DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF SENIOR SUB-ASSISTANT
ENGINEER (WAY)
25 41
401, Main Responsibilities, 402, Knowledge of Rules and Regulations, 403, Testing the
Running Quality of Track, 404, Routine Inspections and Supervision, 405, Safety of Track,
406, Action in case of Emergency, 407, Monsoon Patrolling and Inspections, 408,
Maintenance of Track and Facilities, 409, Stores, 410, Railway Land Boundary and
Unauthorized structures, 411, Quarterly Certificates, 412, Execution of Works affecting
Track, 413, Ballast, 414, Staff and Establishment Matters, 415, Witnessing Payment to
Staff, 416, Committees of Enquiry, 417, Accompanying on Inspections of Higher Officials,
-v-
Page
418, Look-out for Signals, 419, Other Matters, 420, Relinquishment of Charge.
Annex 401: General Rules applicable to Permanent Way Staff.
Annex 411: Quarterly Maintenance Certificate.
CHAPTER V: DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF SENIOR SUB-ASSISTANT
ENGINEER (WORKS)
42 47
501, Main Duties of SSAE(Works), 502, Knowledge of Rules and Regulations, 503,
Inspections, 504, Execution of Works, 505, Maintenance of Buildings and Structures, 506,
Measurement of Works, 507, Imprest of tools and materials, 508, Knowledge of Standard
Specifications, Schedule of Rates and Procurement Guidelines and Contract Conditions,
509, Incurring Expenditure, 510, Coordination and Dealing with others, 511, Land
Boundaries, Encroachments and Unauthorized Structures, 512, Accompanying Inspections
of Officers, 513, Staff Matters, 514, Establishment Matters, 515, Relinquishment of Charge.
CHAPTER VI: DUTIES OF HEAD MATES, GANG MATE, KEYMAN AND WAYMAN
48 55
Section 1: Duties of Head Mates

601 General Responsibilities, 602 Knowledge of Rules and Signals, 603 Maintenance of
LWR Track.
Section 2: Duties of Gang Mates, Keymen and Waymen
604 Knowledge of Rules and Signals, 605 Safety of the Line, 606 Maintenance of Track,
607, Selection and Training of Keyman, 608, Keyman's Daily Inspection and Roster of duty
hours, 609, Daily Work of Keyman, 610, Keyman's Book, 611, Special Duties of Keymen on
LWR/CWR track.
Annex 610, Keymans Book.

CHAPTER VII: BRIDGE BRANCH AND ESTATE DEPARTMENT
56 65
Section 1: Bridge Branch

701, Organization of Bridge Branch, 702, Functions of the Bridge Branch, 703, Main
Duties and Responsibilities of Bridge Engineer, 704, Estimates and Control over
expenditure, 705, Knowledge of Rules and Regulations, 706, Essential duties of
SSAE(Bridges), 707, Execution of works, 708, Safety of line and Working Staff, 709,
Provide Assistance during Emergency, 710, Co-operation with Way and Works staff, 711,
Accompanying on Inspections of Higher officials, 712, Relinquishment of charge, 713,
Duties of SSAE(Workshop),
Section 2: Functions of Tube-well Branch under Bridge Engineer
714, Sinking of Tube-wells, 715, Proposals and Estimates of New Tube-Wells, 716, Repair
and Overhauling of Tube-wells,
Section 3: Estate Department
717, Functions of Estate Department, 718, Duties and Responsibilities of Chief Estate
Officer, 719, Duties and Responsibilities of Divisional Estate Officer.
- vi -
Page
VOLUME 2
CHAPTER VIII. PREPARATION OF DRAWINGS
16
801 General Requirements, 802 Land Plans, 803 Building Plans, 804 Railway Line, Station
Yard and Remodeling Plans, 805 Drawings of Bridges, 806 Water Supply, Drainage and
Sewerage, 807 Sizes of Drawings, 808 Scale of Drawings, 809 Title and Numbering of
Drawings, 810 Counter Signatures on Plans, 811 Completion Drawings, 812 Preparation
Care and Filing of Tracings, 813 Plans issued by the Chief Engineer's Office.
CHAPTER IX, DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS, SURVEYS AND PROJECT ESTIMATES
7 22
901 Planning Process for Railway Development Projects, (1) Budgeting and Development
Plans, (2) Annual Development Programme, 902 Railway Annual Development
Programme, (1) Main types of Projects, (2) Approval of Development Projects, 903
Surveys, 904 Land Acquisition, (1) Procedure of Land Acquisition (2) Authorization to enter
land, (3) Preparation of Plans and documentation, 905 Final Location Survey of New Lines,
906 Contact with Officials of the District, 907 Organizing Survey of New Lines, 908
Investigations during Final Location Survey of New Lines Foresight, 909 Requirements of
the User Department, 910 Alignment, (1) Suitability of Alignment to meet Demand of Trade
and Commerce, (2) Curves, (3) Ruling Gradient, (4) Alternative Alignments, (5) Interference
with Existing Railway lines, Roads, Waterways, (6) Branch Lines, 911 Bridges, (1)
Selection of Bridge Sites, (2) Design of Bridges, (3) Clear Height of Bridges, (4) Waterway
of Bridges, (5) River Protection Works, (6) Records of Highest Flood-Level, 912 Road
Crossings, 913 Station Yards and Junction Arrangements, 914 Station Buildings and
Residential Quarters, 915 Station Machinery, 916 Project Organization, 917 Assistance
from Civil Authorities, 918 Notes on Local Resources, 919 Field Notes and Field Books,
920 Survey for the Provision of Additional Lines, 921 Surveys for Gauge Conversion and
Dual Gauge Projects, (1) Choosing Gauge Conversion or Dual Gauge, (2) Alignment, (3)
Realignment of Curves, (4) Station Yards, 922 Signaling and Telecommunications, 923
Locomotives and Rolling Stock, 924 Project Report.
Annex 904(2): Rules to Enter and Inspect Immovable Property.
CHAPTER X, PREPARATION OF COST ESTIMATES
23 55
1001 General, 1002 Cost Estimate and Procurement Plan, 1003 Policy for Preparing Cost
Estimates, 1004 Form, Title and Registration of Estimates 1005 Important Criteria for
Preparing Estimates, (1) Estimates not to be prepared in piecemeal, (2) Grouping of similar
works, 3) Alternative estimates, (4) Project involving extensive alterations, (5) Tools and
Plant, 1006 Preparation of Estimates, (1) Development of Cost Estimates, (2) Project
Report, (3) Drawings to be part of Estimates, (4) Sanction of Estimates, (5) Safeguarding
Estimates, 1007 Estimates for Track Relaying, 1008 Estimates for Works Charged to
Capital, Depreciation Reserve Fund and Special Fund, 1009 Special procedure for Yard
Remodeling Schemes 1010 Establishment Charge, 1011 Cash and Stores Outlay, 1012
Financial and Economic Justification, 1013 Buildings for Government Railway
Police, 1014 Changes in Cost Estimates, 1015 Revised Estimates, 1016
Supplementary Estimate, 1017 Deposit Works, 1018 Rates of Permanent Way Materials,
1019 Incidence of Cost of Road Over-bridges and Under-bridges, 1020 Provision of
Roadways over large Railway Bridges, 1021 Allocation of Estimates, (1) Capital, (2)
Depreciation Reserve Fund, (3) Revenue.
Annex 1002(d): Development Project Proposal and Annual Procurement Plan.
Annex 1008(g): New Minor Works and New Works
Annex 1009(c)(ii): Catechism for Yard Remodeling
Annex 1021(2): Normal Life of Assets
- vii -
Page
CHAPTER XI: LAND ACQUISITION AND LAND MANAGEMENT
56 - 92
Section 1: Land Acquisition and Relinquishment

1101 Procedure when land is required for public purposes, 1102 Transfer of Land which is
Public Property, 1103 Acquisition of privatelyowned property including land, 1104 Action
by Deputy Commissioner - Publication of Preliminary Notice, 1105 Objection against
acquisition, 1106 Final Decision regarding Acquisition, 1107 Public Notice of property
acquisition and filing claims, 1108 Award of Compensation by Deputy Commissioner, 1109
Payment of compensation, 1110 Acquisition and Possession, 1111 Abatement or
Revocation of Proceedings, 1112 Use of acquired property, 1113 Requisition of property for
temporary and emergency purposes 1114 Certificate of possession 1115 Record of Land
Plans 1116 Land relinquishment.
Annex 1101(c): Rules for Acquisition and Requisition of Property (Excerpts of Acquisition
and Requisition of Immovable Property Ordinance 1982, Sections 3 to 27 and 37 and 38)
Annex 1104(b): FORM-A: Notice for Proposal to Acquire Property
Annex 1107(a): FORM-B: Public Notice for Acquisition of any Property,
Annex 1107(c): FORM-C: Public Notice to Occupier or Person interested in
Property.
Annex 1110(1): FORM-D: Declaration to be Published in the Official Gazette by
Deputy Commissioner,
Section 2: Land Management
1117 Land Management-General, 1118 Responsibilities for Land Management 1119
Licensing Railway Land Rules 1120 Maintenance of Railway Land Records 1121
Classification of Railway Land, 1122 Guidelines for Commercial Use of Railway Land 1123
Procedures for Licensing of Railway Land 1124 License of Railway land for Commercial
Purposes, (1) Land Allotment Committees (2) Preparation of Master Plan and Licensing
Procedure (3) Licensing to government, semi-government, and autonomous bodies (4)
Licensing to Educational and Religious Institutions (5) Exceptions for licensing (6) Licensing
in station area (7) Licensing of advertisement boards (8) Renewal of License fee (9)
Licensing of land at ghats (10) Licensing of Land to Kalayan Trust, (11) Licensing of Land
to Associated Organizations, (12) Sub-Licensing of Land to Another Party, 1125 Licensing
of Railway land For Agriculture Purposes, 1126 Licensing of Railway land for Pisciculture
(Fish farming) 1127 Collection of Tolls from Car parking, Railway Ghats and Bridges 1128
Licensing of Railway Land for Nursery Purpose 1129 Licensing of Railway Land for Other
Purposes 1130 Licensing of Railway Land not directly required for Railway Purpose 1131
Procedure for the Collection of License Fee for Railway Land
Section 3: Recovery of Possession of Unauthorized Occupation
1132 Legal Framework for Recovery of Possession, 1133 Main Provisions of the 1970
Ordinance (1) Eviction of Outgoing Lessee from Land or Building (2) Eviction of
Unauthorized Occupant (3) Recovery of Possession, Penalties and Forfeiture (4)
Compensation for Unauthorized Occupation (5) Jurisdiction of Civil Court 1134
Responsibility for Eviction of Unauthorized Occupation 1135 Procedure for Eviction of
Unauthorized Occupants
Annex 1132(2): Rules for Recovery of Possession of Lands and Buildings (Copy of the
Governments Ordinance of 1970)
Annex 1132(c)-1: Notification of Divisional Engineers to perform the functions of a Deputy
Commissioner (Copy of the Governments Notification of 1981).
Annex 1132(c)-2: Notification of Divisional Estate Officers to perform the functions of a
Deputy Commissioner (Copy of the Governments Notification of 1981)
- viii -
Page
Annex 1132(c)-3: Notification of Estate officer in headquarter to perform the functions of a
Deputy Commissioner (Copy of the Governments Notification of 1981)
Annex 1135(3): Pro forma for Reporting Occurrence of Unauthorized Occupation of
Railway Lands and Buildings
Annex 1135(5): Notice for Unauthorized Occupation under 1970 Ordinance.
CHAPTER XII, EXECUTION OF WORKS
93 101
1201 Commencement of Work 1202 Urgent Works 1203 Funding for Works 1204
Expenditure on Repair Work 1205 Alterations in Design 1206 Minor Modifications 1207
Expediency in Executing Works 1208 Agencies for Executing Works 1209 Responsibility of
Divisional Engineers 1210 Planning of Works 1211 Temporary and Works Establishment
1212 Note Books of Subordinates 1213 Site Order Book 1214 Environment Considerations,
1215 Resettlement and Social Aspects, 1216 General Instructions, (1) Protection and
convenience of the Public, (2) Safety of Staff, (3) Serious Accidents, (4) Religious
Buildings, (5) Archaeological Remains, (6) Strategic Considerations, (7) Rest Day, 1217
Progress Report 1218 Record of Important Structures, 1219 Irrigation Works 1220 Works in
Cantonment Areas 1221 Works chargeable to Deposit, 1222 Excess over Estimates, 1223
Departmental Charges, 1224 Remission of Departmental Charges.
Annex 1202(b): Urgency Certificate
CHAPTER XIII, CONSTRUCTION OF NEW LINES
102 - 111
1301 Preliminary arrangements, 1302 Programming of works with Foresight, 1303 Land,
1304 Dealings with the Civil Authorities, 1305 Setting out works, 1306 Standard
dimensions, 1307 Junction arrangements, 1308 Route Kilometer, 1309 Contracts and
measurements, 1310 Stores, (1) Responsibility for Stores, (2) Stores Suspense, (3)
Indents, 1311 Tools and Plant, 1312 Accounts, 1313 Completion as Scheduled, 1314
Finishing work, 1315 Bridge tablets, 1316 Completion Report, 1317 Public health,
sanitation, water supply and medical aid during construction, (1) Medical Attention, (2)
Drainage, (3) Water Supply.
Annex 1310(2): Procedure for Maintenance of Stores Suspense Account by Executive
Engineers in-charge of Construction Divisions.
CHAPTER XIV, OPENING OF NEW LINES
112 130
Section 1 Arrangements for opening for goods traffic

1401 General Instructions, 1402 Responsibility for Opening a Line to Goods Traffic, 1403
Incidence of Operating Expenses and Earnings, 1404 Goods traffic working haulage of
wagons responsibility of staff, 1405 Requirements at stations, 1406 Notice required by
Chief Commercial Manager and Chief Operating Superintendent, 1407 Action to be taken
by Executive Engineer, 1408 Action to be taken by Chief Engineer/Engineer-in-Chief and
Project Director, 1409 Action to be taken by Chief Operating Superintendent and Chief
Commercial Manager, 1410 Responsibility for opening/working of line during construction.
Annex 1405(1)(e): List of Equipment Required on Opening for Goods Traffic
Section 2: Arrangements for Opening for Passenger Traffic
1411 General Instructions, 1412 Fixing Date for opening for Passenger Traffic, 1413
Equipment, 1414 Supply of Rules, Time and Fare Tables, 1415 Co-operation of other
Divisional Officers, 1416 Documents to be furnished for Inspection, by Government
Inspector of Bangladesh Railway, 1417 Responsibility for Readiness of Line, 1418
- ix -
Page
Completion of line, 1419 Final arrangements for inspection, 1420 Handling over of New
Lines for Operation to Open Line, 1421 Commissioning of Doubling Projects, 1422
Commissioning of Gauge Conversion and Dual Gauge Projects, 1423 Commissioning of
other Railway Projects, 1424 Transfer of Charge.
Annex 1413(2)(b)(i): List of Equipment Required on Opening for Passenger Traffic.
Annex 1416(a)(i): Example of Application to Government Inspector of Bangladesh Railway
for Opening of New Line
VOLUME 3
CHAPTER XV: MAINTENANCE OF PERMANENT WAY
Section 1: Classification of Routes, Track Standards and Track Tolerances
Part A Classification of Routes and Track Standards
1-13
1-6
1501 General, (1) Purpose of Track, (2) Need for maintenance, (3) External factors, 1502
Classification of Railway Lines and Track Standards, (1) Classification, (a) Categories of
Routes (b) Routes by Category, (2) Track Standards, (a) General, (b) Recommended
Standards of Track.
Part B Track Tolerances
6-13
1503 Track Tolerances, (1) Functions of the Track, (2) Forces on Track, (3) Transfer and
Distribution of Forces Through the Track, (a) Vertical force or Wheel load, (b) Longitudinal
Resistance, (c) Lateral Resistance, (d) Reduction in Lateral Resistance, (4) The Track
System and Its Defects, (5) Track Parameters, (6) Tolerances under Loaded or Unloaded
Condition, (7) Type of Track Tolerances, (a) Safety Tolerances, (b) Service tolerances or
good riding tolerances, (c) Maintenance Tolerances, (d) Slow Down Tolerances, (e) Index
Tolerances, (f) New Track Tolerances, (8) Officials to be Fully Conversant with Track
Tolerances
Section 2: Track Structure Elements
14-98
Part A. Ballast
14-21
1504, Purpose and Functions, 1505, Ballast Specifications, Profile and Quantities, (1)
Specifications, (2) Ballast Profile, (3) Ballast cushion, (4) Quantity of ballast, (5) Boxing-in of
ballast, (6) Assessment of ballast requirements, 1506, Collection and Training out of
Ballast, (1) Collection of ballast, (2) Ballast Depot and Training out, (3) Ballast collection
alongside track, (4) Accounting of ballast during handing over charge by Assistant
Executive Engineer, (5) Ballasting on new formation.
Annex 1505(1), Ballast Specifications
Part B. Sleepers
22-79
1507, Functions and Standards of Sleeper Laying, (1) Functions, (2). Laying of Sleepers,
1508, Wooden Sleepers, (1) Classification, (2) Preparation of Sleepers, (3) Laying of
wooden sleepers, (4) Packing sleepers, (5) Sleepers in sidings, (6) Stacking of Wooden
Sleepers, (7) Reconditioning of Wooden Sleepers, (8) Maintenance of wooden sleeper
track- some important points, (9) Use of Elastic Fastenings on Wooden Sleepers, 1509,
Steel Trough Sleepers, (1) General, (2) Laying of Steel Trough Sleepers, (3) Use of elastic
fastenings on steel sleepers, 1510, Maintenance of Track with Steel Sleepers, (1) Routine
maintenance, (2) Inspection of old steel sleepers, (3) Reconditioning of steel sleepers,
1511, Concrete Sleepers, (1) General, (2) Advantages of Concrete Sleepers, (3) Guidelines
-x-
Page
for use of concrete sleepers, (a) Concrete sleepers for new lines, (b) Concrete sleepers for
Renewals, (c) Concrete sleepers for Turnouts, (d) Concrete sleepers and Long Welded
Rails, (e) Concrete sleepers on curves, (f) Purpose of guidelines, (4) Elastic Rail Clips
(Pandrol clips) Assembly for Concrete Sleepers, (a) Fastening for Concrete sleepers, (b)
Elastic Rail Clip (ERC), (c) Cast Iron inserts, (d) Insulating liners, (e) Grooved rubber pads
or sole plates, (f) ERC Fastening Assembly, (5) Handling and laying of concrete sleepers,
(6) Concrete sleepers in turnouts, 1512, Inspection and Maintenance of Concrete Sleeper
Track, (1) Inspection, (2) Systematic Mechanized Maintenance, (3) Routine maintenance of
concrete sleeper track, (a) Annual maintenance program, (b) Spot attention and slack
picking by gangs, (4) Reorganization of Gangs, (5) Maintenance of elastic fastenings on
concrete sleeper, (a) Completeness of fastenings, (b) Maintenance of Elastic Rail
clips/Pandrol clips, (c) Maintenance of Rubber Pads, (d) Maintenance of Insulating liners,
(e) Checking effectiveness and Toe Load of ERCs, (f) Jamming of ERCs, (g) Maintenance
aspects of elastic fastenings, (6) Renewal of ERC fastenings, (a) General, (b) Testing of
ERCs, (c) Replacement of elastic rail clip, (d) Prevention of corrosion, (e) Initial treatment of
ERCs, (f) Lubrication of elastic rail clips, (7) Casual Renewal of Concrete Sleepers, (8)
Repair of concrete sleeper track damaged in derailment. (9) Maintenance of concrete
sleepers and track on Dual Gauge,
Annex 1508(9)(b): Maintenance of Meter Gauge Track using Wooden Sleepers with HRS
Double Shank Elastic Rail Spikes
Annex 1512(4)(b)-1: List of Track Maintenance Activities by MMU
Annex 1512(4)(b)-2: List of Suggested Equipment for Mobile Maintenance Unit
Annex 1512(9)(e)(i): Layouts of typical dual gauge turnouts 1 in 8.5 and 1 in 12 D variant
and T variant
Part C. Rails
80-98
1513 Standard Sections of Rails, 1514 Rail Deterioration Causes and Maintenance, (1)
Causes of Rail Deterioration, (a) Corrosion and rusting, (b) Wear on rail table, (c) Flattening
of rail table, (d) Wear on gauge face, (e) Hogging of rail end, (f) Battering of rail ends, (g)
Wheel burns, (h) Corrugation, (2) Rail Maintenance to reduce rail deterioration, 1515
Inspection and Ultrasonic Testing of Rails In Service, (1) Need for inspection and testing of
rails, (2) Ultrasonic testing of rails, 1516 Stacking and Handling of Rails, (1) Stacking, (2)
Handling of Rails, (3) Breakage of Rail during Loading and Unloading, (4) Special
Precautions for Handling 90 kg/mm2 UTS Rails, 1517 Rail Closures, 1518 Rail/Weld
failures, (1) Definition, (2) Action to be taken when a rail/weld fails in track, (3) Reporting of
rail/weld failure in track, (4) Record and analysis of rail failures, (5) Failure of rails within the
Guarantee period, 1519 Fish-Plates, (1) Use and Care of Fish Plates, (2) Tightening and
easing of fish bolts, (3) Fish-plate failures, (4) Combination fish plates, (5) Joggled fish
plates, (6) Insulated fish plates.
Annex 1513(b): Standard Sections of 90A and 75A Rails.
Annex 1516(4): Guidelines for Handling 90 kg/mm2 UTS Rails.
Annex 1518(2)(a): Duties of Mate for Apprehending Danger
Annex 1518(3)(a)(i): Pro forma for Reporting Rail/Weld Failures
Section 3: Maintenance of Permanent Way
99-137
1520 Importance, 1521 Systems of Track Maintenance, (1) Traditional manual

maintenance, (2) Mechanized maintenance, (3) Reorganization, 1522 Planning of Annual
Program of Track Maintenance, (1) System maintenance requirements, (2) Planning of
track maintenance, (3) Annual Program of Track Maintenance, 1523 Systematic
Overhauling, (1) Timing and Purpose, (2) Sequence of operations in Overhauling, 1524
Through Packing, (1) Work to be done before through packing, (2) Sequence of operations
in through packing, (a), Trough packing, (b) Opening of track, (c) Exceptions, (d) Tidying up
of the section, (e) Through packing and tamping, (f) On-the-job training, (g) Monitoring of
through packing work, (h) Time schedule, (i) detailed instructions, 1525 Picking up Slacks,
1526 Maintenance of Station Yards, Track Drainage and Earth-Packed Tracks, (1) Tracks
- xi -
Page
in station yards, (2) Distance pieces to platform lines, (3) Drainage of track and yards, (4)
Earth-packed tracks, 1527 Lifting and Lowering of Track, (1) Lifting of Track, (2) Lowering
of Track, 1528 Maintenance of Rail Joints, (1) General, (2) Efficient maintenance of rail
joints, (3) Defects in rail joints, (4) Other important aspects of rail joints maintenance, (5)
Chamfering of bolt holes in rails, (6) Tightening and easing of fish bolts, (7) Lubrication of
Rail Joints, 1529 Dual Gauge Track and its Maintenance, (1) Dual Gauge, (2) Track
Structure on Dual Gauge, (3) Concrete Sleepers for Dual Gauge, (4) Maintenance of Dual
Gauge Track, (a) Methods of maintenance, (b) Maintenance Tolerances, (5) Maintenance
of Long Welded Rails in Dual Gauge Track, (a) Thermal compressive forces, (b) Track
stability against compressive forces, (c) Maintenance Precautions against higher
Compressive forces in LWR in dual gauge tracks, (6) Maintenance of PSC Sleepers in Dual
Gauge tracks, 1530, Creep, (1) Causes and Problems, (2) Precautions to reduce creep, (3)
Monitoring and Recording of Creep, (4) Provision of Rail Anchors to arrest Creep, (5)
Prevention of creep on steel trough sleeper track, (6) Adjustment of creep, 1531, Buckling
of Track, (1) General, (2) Conditions which induce buckling, (3) Precautions against
buckling, (4) Action on buckling of track, 1532, Deep Screening of Ballast, (1) General, (2)
Procedure for systematic deep screening (other than LWR sections)
Annex 1524(2)(g)(iii): Gang Work Order Book.
Annex 1530(3)(c)(i): Pro Forma for Creep Register
Section 4: Maintenance of Track in Special Locations
138-169
Part A. Track Circuits and Maintenance of Track Circuited Sections
138-144
1533 Track Circuited Sections, (1) Track Circuits, (2) Operation of Track Circuits, (3)
Precautions to be taken while working in Track circuited Areas, (4) Planning of relaying
work in track-circuited sections, 1534 Insulated joints (1) Functions of Insulated Joints, (2)
Types of Insulated Joints, (a) Standard insulated joint, (b) Glued insulated joint, (c) Permali
insulated joint, (3) Laying of Insulated Joints, (4) Special requirements for maintenance of
glued insulated joints,
145-169
Part B. Turnouts and their Maintenance

1535, Turnouts, (1) General and Definitions, (2) Turnouts, (3) Diamonds and Slips, (4)
Crossings, (a) Built-up crossings, (b) Cast manganese steel (CMS) crossings, (c) Obtuse
Crossing, (5) Switches, (a) Under-cut switches, (b) Over-riding switches, (c) Advantages of
over-riding switches, (d) Length of tongue rails and stock rails, (e) Loose Heel and Fixed
Heel switches, (f) Switches may be straight, curved and partly curved, (6) Other
components used in Switches and Crossings, (a) Use of rail screw/plate screw in lieu of
dog spike/round spike in turnouts ,(b) Bolts for points and crossings, (c) Spherical washers,
(d) Switch anchors, (e) Check rails for turnouts, (f) Tie plates, (g) Stretcher bars and
brackets for stretcher bars, (h) Slide chairs and mild steel flat bearing plates, (7) Turnout
sleepers, (a) Wooden sleepers, (b) Steel Sleepers, (8) Turnouts on Concrete Sleepers, (a)
General, (b) Production of turnout sleepers, (c) Use and care in handling concrete sleepers
in turnouts, (d) Site preparation for laying, (e) Assembly of turnout on concrete sleepers, (f)
Insertion of pre-assembled turnout, (9) Turnouts on Dual Gauge, (a) General, (b) Layouts of
dual gauge turnouts, (c) Schedule of Maximum and Minimum clearances, (d) Offsets for
dual gauge turnout, (10) Static Switch,
VOLUME 4
1536, Inspection of Turnouts, (1) Inspection, (a) Special attention to turnouts, (b) Regular
inspections by officials, (2) Points and Crossings Inspection Register, (3) Inspection of
points and crossings in Dual Gauge turnouts,1537, Maintenance of turnouts, (1) General,
(a) Alignment, packing and fittings, (b) Clearances, (c) Cant to rails, (d) Gauge, (e) Superelevation, (f) Ballast, (g) Other maintenance aspects, (2) Maintenance of Switches, (a)
General, (b) Fitting and housing of switch and stock rails, (c) Housing of tongue rail, (d)
- xii -
1-33
Page
Bend in stock rail, (e) Wide gauge at toe of switch, (f) Fixing of slide chairs, (g) Gauge ties,
(h) Wear on switch and stock rails, (i) Heel of switch, (j) Stock rail wear, (k) Wear on
switches, (l) Maintenance aspects, (3) Maintenance of Crossings, (a) Permissible Wear in
crossings, (b) Replacing Crossings, (4) Maintenance of lead portion and turn-in curve, (5)
Other aspects of maintenance and operation of turnouts, (a) Alterations of Points, (b)
Working on interlocked points, (c) Fitting lock (treadle) bar, (d) Date of laying points and
crossings, (e) Resetting of Points, (f) Packing of turnout sleepers, (g) Trap switches and rod
connections, (6) Standard Dimensions and Tolerances for Turnouts 1538, Reconditioning
of Crossings and Switches
Annex 1536(2)(a): Format for Points and Crossings Inspection Register
Annex 1536(3)(d): Pro Forma for Inspection of Points and Crossings in Dual Gauge
Turnouts.
Annex 1537(4)(ii)-1: Offsets for Turnouts (BG and MG) with Straight Switch
Annex 1537(4)(ii) 2: Offsets for Turnout (BG and MG) with Curved Switch)
Annex 1537(6): Main Dimensions and Tolerances of Turnouts
Annex 1538(b): Reconditioning of Points and Crossings
Part C. Maintenance of Track on Bridges
34-43
1539 Rails on Bridges, (1) Longitudinal profile and cant of rails, (a) Camber, b) Rail Cant,
(2) Rail joints over the bridge, (3) Fastenings on girder bridges, (4) Short welded rails and
LWR on bridges, 1540 Sleepers on Bridges or Bridge Timbers, (1) Size, treatment, endbinding and dating of bridge timbers, (2) Preparation and laying of bridge timbers, (3) Other
fixtures on bridges, 1541 Inspection and Maintenance of Track on Bridges, (1) Bridge
approaches, (2) Inspection and maintenance of track on bridges, (3) Dual Gauge Track on
Bridges - Inspection and Maintenance
44-66
Part D. Curved Track and Realignment of Curves

1542 Definitions and General Standards, (1) Radius and degree of curve, (2) Reference rail
on curves, (3) Gauge on curves, (4) Super-elevation or cant, (5) Cant deficiency, (6) Cant
Excess, (7) Cant gradient and cant deficiency gradient, (8) Rate of change of cant or rate of
change of cant deficiency, (9) Maximum permissible speed on curve, 1543 Safe Speed On
Curves, Super Elevation and Transition, (1) Safe speed by empirical method, (2) Safe
speed based on cant and cant deficiency, (3) Speed for determining cant to be provided,
1544 Transition Curves, (1) General, (2) Length of transition curve, (3) Laying transition
curve, (4) Transition for compound curves, (5) Transition for reverse curves, (6) Running
out cant on transitions, 1545 Indicator Boards at Curves, (a) Curve Board, (b) Tangent
points indication posts, (c) Indication of cant, (d) Cant boards, (e) After realignment of
curves, (f) Curve reference posts, 1546 Speed over Turn-out Curves, (1) Provisions in
General Rules, (2) Turn-outs on running lines with passenger traffic, (3) Speed over
interlocked turnouts, 1547 Turnouts on curves, (1) Permissible speed on curved main line
at turnouts, (2) No change of super-elevation over turnouts, (3) Curves of contrary flexure,
(4) Curves of similar flexure, (5) Cross-over on curves, (6) Diamond crossing on Curves,
1548 Extra clearance and Grade Compensation on Curves, (1) Extra clearance on curves,
(2) Compensation for curvature on gradient, 1549 Vertical curve, 1550 Realignment of
Curve, (1) Ride on curves, (2) Inspection of Curves, (3) Criteria for realignment of a curve,
(4) String-lining operations, (5) Determination of revised alignment and computation of
slews Operation 2, (6) Slewing the curve to revised alignment - Operation No. 3, (7)
Realigning curves on double or multiple lines, 1551 Other Maintenance Operations on
Curves, (1) Cuttings of rails on curves, (2) Joints on curves, (3) Check rails on curves, (4)
Wear on outer rail of curves, (5) Measurement of rail wear on sharp curves.
Annex 1544(3)(e): Calculation of Maximum Permissible Speed on Curve and Layout of
Transition Curve
- xiii -
Page
Part E. Welding of Rails, Short Welded Rails and Long Welded Rails
67-83
1552 Welding of Rails, (1) Conventional Joints and welding, (2) Types of Rail Welding, (3)
Flash-Butt Welding, (4) Thermit Welding, 1553 Short Welded Rails (SWR), (1) Definitions,
(2) Track structure for SWR, (3) Initial laying of SWR, (4) Gaps at initial laying of short
welded rails, 1554 Maintenance of SWR, (1) Care in maintenance, (2) Regular
Maintenance of short welded rails, (3) Gap survey and adjustment of gap, (4) Conversion of
SWR in to LWR, 1555 Long welded rails/Continuous welded rails, (1) Why Long Welded
Rails, (2) Benefits of Long Welded Rails, (3) Laying and Maintenance of Long Welded
Rails/Continuous Welded Rails.
Annex 1552(4)(c): Procedure for welding rail joint using Quick Alumino Thermic Welding
Process
Annex 1552(4)(d): Dos and Donts for Alumino-Thermic (Thermit) Welding
Annex 1553(4)(a): Map of Bangladesh giving range of and mean annual rail temperatures
Part F. Treatment of Bad Formation
84-93
1556 Formation or Sub grade, (1) General, (2) Purpose and functions of sub-grade, (3)
Design of sub grade, (4) Failure of formation in sub-grade of running lines, (5) Problems
due to formation failure, 1557 Treatment of Troublesome Formation, (1) Classification, (2)
Investigations and testing, (3) Soil testing, (4) Remedial measures.
Annex 1557(3)(b): Grain Size Analysis and Atterberg Limits - Definitions
Annex 1557(4)(a): Suggestions for Treatment of Bad Formation.
Section 5: Track Maintenance with On-Track Machines
94-115
1558 Track Maintenance and Machines, (1) Introduction, (2) Justification for machine
maintenance, (3) Types of machines, 1559 On-Track Tamping Machines, (1) Types and
functions, (2) Working Principles- Lining of Track, (3) Levelling of Track, (4) Tamping or
Packing System, 1560 Other On-Track Machines for track maintenance, (1) Dynamic Track
Stabilizer, (a) Purpose, (b) Working principles, (c) Advantage, (2) Ballast Cleaning
Machines, (a) Functions and Types, (b) Working principles, (3) Ballast Regulating
Machines, (4) Track Laying and Special Purpose Machines, 1561 Planning for introduction
of mechanical maintenance, (1) Pre-requisites for mechanized maintenance, (2) Annual
Plan for machine deployment, (3) Arrangements for working of on-track tamping machines,
(4) Works associated with tamping of track, (a) Pre-tamping, (b) During tamping work, (c)
Precautions during tamping work, (d) Post tamping work, (5) Other aspects of working withtrack machines.
Annex 1561(2): Track Maintenance Organization Recommended with On-Track Machines,
1 Introduction, 2 Three-Tier System of Track Maintenance, 3 Planned maintenance with
On-track Machines, 4 Mobile Maintenance Units (MMUs) 5 Tasks assigned to MMUs, 6
Equipment of MMUs, 7 Sectional Gangs, 8 Outsourcing of Track Works, 9 Staffing and
Training, 10 Stores and Workshop facilities, 11 Management Aspects, 12 Conduct of Pilot
trials.
Section 6: Track Recording, Analysis and Monitoring
116-125
1562 Track Recording, (1) Track Geometry, (2) Track Inspections, 1563 Track Recording
Equipment, (1) Types of Equipment, (2) Track Recording Car, (3) Hallade Track Recorder,
(4) Oscillograph Car, (5) Portable Accelerometers.
Annex 1563(2)(f)-1: Electronic Track Recording Car (MG).
Annex 1563(2)(f)-2: TRACK RECORDING, ANALYSIS AND MONITORING
- xiv -
Page
Section 7: Functional Arrangements, Safety and Outsourcing of Track Works
126-148
Part A. Permanent Way

1564 Responsibility of Engineering Officials, 1565 Permanent Way Gangs for Manual Track
Maintenance, (1) Strength of Gangs, (2) Muster Sheets of Gangs, (3) Gang Tools and
Equipment, (4) Loose fittings and materials, (5) Record of work by gangs and artisans,
1566 Checking of work of Permanent Way Gangs by SSAE(Way), (1) Examination of
gang's work, (2) Examination of tools and equipment, (3) Periodical testing in safety rules,
1567 Reports and Records on Permanent Way, (1) Special reports on the condition of
permanent way, (2) Section register of SSAE(Way), (3) Permanent way plans and
diagrams, 1568 Records of Materials under Trial, 1569 Miscellaneous items Associated
with Track Maintenance, (1) Felling of trees which Obstruct view, (2) Classification of
materials, (3) Traveling cranes, (4) Fouling Marks, (5) Scotch blocks, (6) Fog Signal Post,
1570 Trolley Refuges, 1571 Standard Dimensions, 1572 Verification of land boundaries,
1573 Section Limit Boards, Kilometer and Gradient Posts, 1574 Imprest of Permanent Way
Materials, (1) Imprest stock, (2) Recoupment of Imprest, (3) Revision of imprest stock.
Annex 1565(3)(a): List of Gang Tools and Equipment
Annex 1567(2): Section Register of SSAE(Way)
Annex 1567(3)(a)(iv): Permanent Way Diagram Station Yard
Annex 1569(1)(c): Removal of Tress Dangerous to or Obstructing Working of a Railway
Annex 1574(1)(a)(iii): Recommended Scale of Imprest Stock of Permanent Way Materials
Part B. Safety
149-160
1575 Safety in Track Work, (1) Responsibility of permanent way staff, (2) Work involving
danger to traffic, (3) Temporary Engineering Caution Indicators, (a) Caution Indicator, (b)
Speed Indicator, (c) Stop Indicator, (d) Termination Indicator, (4) Display of Temporary
engineering Caution Indicators, (a) Hand caution signals for Engineering speed restriction
of short duration, (b) Banner flags for works of short duration, (c) Banner flags inside fixed
signals, (d) Speed Restrictions not in the vicinity of station, (e) Obstruction requiring a dead
stop not in the vicinity of a station, (f) Curve post and curve board, (5) Signalmen for
Temporary signals, (6) Responsibility of SSAE(Way), (7) Training of permanent way staff in
track safety, (8) Permanent Speed Restriction Indicators, 1576 Blocking of Line for
Engineering Work. (1) Blocking of single line between stations for engineering work, (a)
Normal circumstances, (b) Blocking lines in an Emergency, (2) Blocking Up or Down line (in
double line section) and introduction of single line working (a) Blocking in normal
circumstances, (b) Blocking line in Emergency.
Annex 1575(1): Rules Pertaining to Safety of track
Part C. Outsourcing
161-165
1577 Outsourcing of Track Work, (1) Why Outsourcing, (2) Track maintenance activities
amenable for outsourcing, (3) Procurement of Track Works, (4) Contracting of Track
Maintenance Works, (a) Schedule of track works, (b) Standard Specifications, (c)
Packaging of track works, (d) Speed restrictions, (e) Tenders for and management of
contracted track works, (5) Supervision of Outsourced Track Works, (6) Safety on
Outsourced Track Works, (a) Responsibilities as Principal Employer, (b) Responsibility for
safe working, (7) Safety Measures for Track Works, (a) Training, (b) Supervision, (c)
Stacking of materials and working of road vehicles, (d) Safety Equipment, (e) Contract
schedule, (f) Safety in track works, (g) Supplementary safety instructions, (h) General.
- xv -
Page
CHAPTER XVI, RE-LAYING OF PERMANENT WAY
166-183
1601 Track Renewal Program, (1) Planning for Track Renewals, (2) Classification of
sections, 1602 Track Renewal Programs, (1) Main types of track renewals, (2) Policy in
regards to track renewal programs, (3) Points and Crossings Renewal Program, (4) Rail
Anchor Program, (5) Ballasting Program, (6) Yard Renewal Program, (7) Bridge Timber
Renewal Program, (8) Preparation of Track Renewal Programs, 1603 Important Safety
Rules, 1604 Minimizing Obstruction and Detention to Traffic, (a) Blocking of line, (b) Extend
of work, 1605 Relaying of Track-Circuited Track, 1606 Preliminary Arrangement for
relaying, (1) Arrangements for departmental work, (2) Arrangements for Outsourced
relaying works, 1607 Detailed Procedure for Relaying, 1608 Points requiring Special
Attention during Relaying, 1609 Complete track renewals, 1610 Special instructions
regarding new types of material/equipment, 1611 Adjusting creep before Renewals, 1612
Loading and Transportation of Rails, (1) Rails loaded on Rail trucks, (2) Carriage of rails by
labor. 1613 Staggering of Rail Joints, 1614 Expansion Gaps, 1615 Sleepers, 1616 Care of
Fittings and Fastenings, 1617 Labor-Housing, Medical and Sanitary Arrangements, 1618
Screening Ballast, 1619 Post relaying work, 1620 Handing Over and Taking Over of
Relaying works, 1621 Mechanized Track Relaying, 1622 Use of Portal Cranes for Relaying,
1623 Operations for Relaying using Portal Cranes, (1) Preparatory work at site of relaying,
(2) Pre-assembly of Panels, (3) Forming of relaying train, (4) Actual Relaying, (5) Post
relaying works, 1624 Procedure for Manual Laying, (1) Relaying of Concrete Sleeper Track,
(2) Loading and Unloading, (3) Manual Laying Procedure.
CHAPTER XVII, SIGNALS AND INTERLOCKING
184-189
1701 Background, 1702 Planning and Execution Track and Signal/Interlocking Works, 1703
Duties of Way and Works Staff in Signal Areas, 1704 Point Indicators and Trap Indicators,
1705 Fog Signal Posts, 1706 Permanent Way work to be done before Interlocking, 1707
Locking Arrangements for Non-Interlocked Switches, 1708 Clamps for non-interlocked
points, 1709 Joint Inspection of Signals, Points and Crossings, 1710 Putting in or Removing
Points or Crossings, 1711 Work on Points and Crossings by SSAE(Way), 1712 Speed
Restriction on New Points, 1713 Work by Signal Staff on Points not Opened for Traffic,
1714 Treadle Bars, 1715 Wires and Pull Rods to be kept Clear, 1716 Maintenance of
Permanent Way in front of Cabins.
VOLUME 5
CHAPTER XVIII: MAINTENANCE OF WORKS
1-40
Section 1: Maintenance of Land Boundaries
1801 Land Boundaries, 1802 Closing Unauthorized Openings in Railway and Boundary,
1803 Fencing.
Section 2: Inspection and Maintenance of Bridges
1804 Waterways, 1805 Water Flow in Small Bridges, 1806 Examination of Bridges, 1807
Inspection of Bridges by Assistant Executive Engineer, 1808 Inspection, Scrutiny and
Endorsement of Bridge Registers by Divisional Engineer, 1809 Review of Bridge Registers
by Additional Chief Engineer, 1810 Inspection and Maintenance of Bridges by
SSAE(Way)/(Works), 1811 Responsibility of Bridge Engineer, 1812 Holding down bolts for
Girders, 1813 Bridges with Bed Timbers and Bed Stones, 1814 Permanent Way on
Bridges, 1815 Protection of Bridge Timbers against Fire, 1816 Protecting Workmen on
Bridges under repairs, 1817 Opening new bridges, 1818 Painting of Bridges, 1819
Cooperation between Engineers for Bridge Maintenance,
- xvi -
Page
Section 3: Maintenance of Service Buildings and Staff Quarters

1820 Inspection of buildings, 1821 Petty Repair Books, 1822 Internal and External
Finishing of Station Buildings, 1823 Refreshment Rooms and Running Rooms, 1824
Execution of Maintenance of Buildings, 1825 Maintenance of Institutes, Club houses, and
other Structures for Staff, 1826 Station Machinery, 1827 Staff Quarters, 1828 Surplus
Buildings, 1829 Sale and Dismantlement of Buildings.
Annex 1806(a): Aspects to be covered during Inspection of Bridges by Assistant Executive
Engineer; 1 Flooring and foundations, 2 Masonry in sub-structure, 3 Protective works and
water ways, 4 Girder alignment and bearings, 5 Structural condition of girders, 6 The
condition of steel work, 7 Track on the bridge and bridge approaches, 8 Trolley and safety
refuges, 9 Foot-paths, 10 Painting, marking HFL and Danger level, providing foundation
particulars and bridge name boards, 11 Flood records at important bridges, 12 Precautions
against damage by fire, 13 Equipment of watchman, 14 Road over/under bridges, 15
Concrete bridges, 16 During Flooding
Annex 1806(b): Pro forma for Information on Major and Important Bridges to be given in
Bridge Register
Annex 1817: Rules for obtaining Government Inspectors Sanction to start
work on bridges and to open bridge works after completion.
Annex 1818(b): Painting of Bridges; 1.0 Corrosion and its prevention, 2.0 Protective
Coatings by painting, 3.0 Metallizing and Epoxy based Paints, 4.0 Epoxy based Paints.
Annex 1822(b): Color Scheme for Station Buildings
CHAPTER XIX, MEASUREMENT BOOKS, MUSTER SHEETS AND LABOUR PAY

SHEETS
41-52
Section 1: Measurement Books

1901 Record of Measurements, 1902 Measurements to be Recorded, 1903 Measurement
Book, 1904 Recording Measurements, (1) Machine numbering of pages of measurement
book, (2) Commencement of Measurements, (3) Making of entries in measurement book,
(4) Erasures, overwriting and cancellations, (5) Direct recording of measurements, (6)
Signing of measurements by contractor, (7) Referencing in measurement book, 1905
Register of Measurement Books, 1906 Authority Entering Measurements, 1907
Computation of Quantities, 1908 Preparation of Abstracts in Measurements Books, 1909
Checking Entries, 1910 Supply of Measurement Books, 1911 Entries, 1912 Regular
Payments, 1913 Delay in taking Measurements, 1914 Loss of Measurement Book, 1915
Bills for Supplies, 1916 Standard and Approximate Measurements, 1917
Measurements based on Standard Type Drawings, 1918 Responsibility for
Maintenance of Measurement Books, 1919 Measurements by Senior Supervisors,
1920 Measurement of Ballast/Material Train Works, 1921 Measurement of Ballast.
Section 2: Muster Sheets
1922 Muster Sheets, 1923 Issuance of Muster Sheet and Labor Pay Sheet, 1924
Duplicate of Muster Sheets, 1925 Entries in Muster Sheet, 1926 Check of Muster Sheets,
1927 Closing of Muster Sheets, 1928 Payments, 1929 Records.
Appendix 1903(b): Instructions for Recording of Measurement Book.
- xvii -
Page
CHAPTER XX: PROCUREMENTS AND CONTRACTS
53-69
2001 General, 2002 Public Procurement Rules (PPR) 2008, (1) PPR 2008, (2) Applicability
of the PPR 2008, 2003 Coverage of Public Procurement Rules 2008, 2004 Delegation of
Financial Powers, 2005 Procurement Plans, 2006 Procurement during Emergencies, 2007
Request for Quotation Method (RFQ), (1) Use of RFQ Method, (2) Threshold values for
Procurement by RFQ, (3) Procedures for invitation of quotations under RFQ Method, 2008
Direct Procurement Method, (1) When to Use Direct Procurement Method, (2) Forms of
Direct Procurement, (3) Approval for Direct Procurement, (4) Procedure for Direct
Procurement, 2009 Use of Direct Contracting, 2010 Procurement of Additional Deliveries
and Repeat Orders, 2011 Issuance of Variation Order or Extra Work Order, 2012
Preparation of a Variation Order or an Extra Work Order, 2013 Costing, Payments and
Starting Work under Variation Order or Extra Work Order, 2014 Use of Direct Cash
Purchase, 2015 Use of Force Account
Annex 2003: Public Procurement Rules 2008- Contents
Annex 2005: Procurement Plans
CHAPTER XXI: STATIONS AND STATION YARDS
70-82
2101 Design of New Yard or Remodeling of Yard - General Instructions, (a) Foresight, (b)
Standard Dimensions, (c) Signals, (d) Lightings, (e) Train examination facilities, (f) Special
facilities, 2102 Specific Requirements for Design (Remodeling) of Yards, (1) Specific
Requirements, (2) Approval Process, 2103 Principles of Design, 2104 Working Rules, (1)
Working rules for interlocked stations, (2) Working Rules for Non-Interlocked Stations 2105
New Crossing Stations, 2106 Maintenance of Stations, 2107 Platforms at Stations, 2108
Platform fencing, 2109 Waiting rooms, 2110 Foot-Over bridge, 2111 Unauthorized
structures, 2112 Station Approaches, 2113 Culverts within Station Limits, 2114 Borrow pits
in Station Yards, 2115 Sanitation, 2116 Standards of Facilities to be Provided at Stations,
(a) Platforms, (b) Waiting Rooms, (c) Toilet facilities for railway workshop staff , (d) Drinking
Water.
Annex 2101(1)-1: Some considerations for Preparation of Yard Designs
Annex 2101(1)-2: Remodeling Catechism - Passenger Traffic Lines and Working Facilities.
CHAPTER XXII: STATION YARD DIAGRAM AND PERMANENT WAY DIAGRAM
83-86
2201 Station Yard Diagram, 2202 Preparation of Station Yard Diagram, 2203 Permanent
Way Diagram - Purpose, 2204 Preparation of Permanent Way Diagram - General
Instructions
Annex 2201: Permanent Way Diagram of Station Yard
Annex 2203(b): Permanent Way Diagram.
CHAPTER XXIII: COMPLETION REPORTS
87-89
2301 Definition and Purpose, 2302 Details required in Completion Report, 2303 Works
completed within sanctioned amount, 2304 Joint Works, 2305 Revenue Works, 2306
Completion Drawings and Rent Statements, 2307 Accounts, 2308 Submission of
Completion Reports, 2309 Preparation of Completion Reports, 2310 Completion/Drawings,
2311 Date of Completion of work, 2312 Responsibilities of Divisional Office .
- xviii -
Page
CHAPTER XXIV: RIVERS AND FLOODS
90-127
Section 1: River Flooding and Protection

2401 Introduction, 2402 Bangladesh Rivers and Floods, 2403 History of Bridges and
Training Works, (a) Awareness of History and Past Behavior, (b) Record of Past History, (c)
Updating of past history, 2404 Danger level at Bridges, (1) Definition, (2) Determining of
Danger Level, (3) Marking of Danger Level. 2405 Protection, of Bridges during Floods, (1)
Bridges to be observed, (2) Watchmen for bridge Observation and Protection, (3) Action to
be taken by SSAE(Way), (4) Soundings at Bridges during Floods, (5) Pricking and borings
at important bridges, (6) Procedure when danger soundings are recorded, (7) Cross-section
of River Bed, 2406 Reserve Stock of Stone Boulders for Monsoon, 2407 Protection of
Approach Banks, 2408 Protection of the Line during Floods, (1) Staff to be out on Line, (2)
Water attaching banks, (3) Water over rails, (4) Sudden rise of water level in river, (5)
Floods close to line, (6) Other situations requiring protection measures, (7) Protection of
track during floods, 2409 Patrolling of the Railway Line, (1) Types and Arrangements for
Patrolling, (2) Action to be taken by Patroller when damage is detected, (3) Responsibilities
of officials for patrolling, (4) Procedure of staff at site of damage, 2410 River Surveys, (1)
Classification, (2) Obtaining accurate soundings, (3) Rough soundings, (4) Survey plans,
2411 Weather Warning, 2412 Special Inspection during monsoon, 2413 Flood records,
2414 Rivers and Food Register,
Section 2: River Training and Protection Works
2415 Purpose of River Training and Protection, 2416 Guide Bunds, (1) Functions and
components of guide bund, (2) Inspection and Maintenance of Guide Bunds, (3) Failures
and remedial measures, 2417 Spurs (Groynes), 2418 Other Types of River Training
Measures, (a) Marginal Bunds, (b) Closure Bunds, (c) Assisted Cut-Offs, 2419 Design of
River Training Works, 2420 Procedure for Building River Training and Protection Works.
Annex 2402(4): Rivers and Floods, 1 Rivers of Bangladesh - River Network and
Morphology, 2 Hydrological Aspects, 3 Sediment Related Aspects, 4 Flooding in
Bangladesh, 5 Impact on Railway- Need for Knowledge of River Flow and Protection, 6
River Protection Works, 7 Different Types of River Training Works, 8 Guide Bunds, 9 Spur
or Groyne Structures, 10 Details of the Protection Works for the Spur, 11 Marginal bunds,
Closure bunds and Assisted cut offs.
Annex 2416(1): Jamuna Multipurpose Bridge River Training Works.
CHAPTER XXV: GHATS
128-133
2501 General Information, 2502 Sites for Ghats, 2503 Suitability of sites, 2504 Foresight,
2505 Supply and Custody of Permanent Way Material, 2506 Formation Level at Ghat, 2507
Station Offices and staff quarters, 2508 Material other than Permanent Way, 2509 River
training for ferry work, 2510 River Training works, 2511 Records of Water Level at Ghats.
Annex 2508: Scale of Materials for Ghat Stock
Annex 2511(d): Recording and Reporting of Water Level Gauge Readings.
- xix -
Page
CHAPTER XXVI: CYCLONES AND NORWESTERS
134-138
2601 General Information, 2602 Cyclones, 2603 Getting to Know Storms, 2604
Norwesters, 2605 Storm Warnings, 2606 Actions to be taken in the Event of Storm
Warnings.
Annex 2605(c): List of Railway Officials to be given Weather Warnings by Bangladesh
Meteorological Department through Regional Forecast Center, Patenga, Chittagong.
CHAPTER XXVII: BREACHES AND WASH-OUTS
139-153
2701 General, 2702 Action in the Event of Heavy Flood, 2703 Precautions when
Overtopping of Bank is Expected, 2704 Precautions when Track is Submerged, 2705
Action in the Event of Breaches, 2706 Action in the case of Major Breaches, (1) Repairs to
damaged track, (2) Procurement and Arrangement of Labor, (3) Diversion, (4)
Transhipment, (5) Weight and Depth of Standard Girders, 2707 Temporary Bridging, (1)
Sleeper Stacks, (2) Sleeper Cribs, 2708 Clearing Wreck or Girders, 2709 Temporary Rail
Girders, 2710 Arrangements for Transshipping Passengers, 2711 Pile Driving and driving in
strong Current, 2712 Precautionary Measures against Damage by Floods, 2713 Premonsoon Precautionary Measures, (1) Foresight, (2) Labor, (3). Plant and Materials, 2714
Materials for Emergencies, 2715 Service Spans and Rail Clusters, 2716 Railway Affecting
Works, 2717 Weather warnings and action to be taken, . (1) General, (2) Precautions to be
taken by Station Master, Driver and Guard - Regarding controlling of trains, (3) Action by
the SSAE(WAY), (4) Action by the Gang Mates, (5) Action by Inspecting officials
Annex 2706(3)(d): Setting out a Semi-Permanent Diversion
Annex 2706(5): Weight and Depth of Different Spans of Standard Girders.
CHAPTER XXVIII: ACCIDENTS, OBSTRUCTIONS AND ENQUIRES
154 169
2801 Rules Relating to Accidents, 2802 Proceeding to site, 2803 Responsibility, 2804
Action to be taken at Scene of Accident, 2805 Attendance of Police, 2806 Sketch of
Accident, 2807 Examination of Track after Accident, 2808 Report to the Chief Engineer,
2809 Repairs to damaged track for Restoration of Through Running, 2810 Procurement
and Arrangement of Labor, 2811 Transshipment, 2812 Diversions around obstructions,
2813 Removal of Restrictions, 2814 Disclaiming responsibility, 2815 Accidents not
concerning Engineering Department, 2816 Caution Orders, 2817 Procedure for conducting
accident enquiries, 2818 Accident relief Trains, 2819 Abnormal Occurrences - Bad riding of
engines or displacement of track.
Annex 2801(b): Duty of Railway Staff for Securing Safety.
Annex 2806(b): Track Measurements at Site of Accident
Annex 2807(b): Particulars of permanent way to be collected in case of Accident.
Annex 2818(a): Permanent way Imprest of Relief Trains
Annex 2819(c): Rough Riding Inspection Report by SSAE (Way)
- xx -
Page
CH APTER XXIX: BALLAST TRAINS
170-181
2901 General Instructions, 2902 Requisitioning of Ballast Trains, 2903 Cancellation of

Ballast Train, 2904 Ballast Train in Emergencies, 2905 Taking over Vehicles for use on
Ballast Train, 2906 Engineering Official in-charge of Ballast Train, 2907 Equipment, 2908
Testing of Brake Power, 2909 Speed of Ballast Trains, 2910 Daily Reports by Train Guard,
2911 Co operation with Station Masters, 2912 Precautions for Safety of Labor, 2913
Driver's Hours of Work, 2914 Pay and allowances of Train guard, 2915 Hire of Engines and
Vehicles, 2916 Relief Engines, 2917 Ballasting Orders, 2918 Code letter and Number of
Ballast Train, 2919 Precautions during stormy Season, 2920 Daily labor, 2921 Wagon load
or Smaller Consignments, 2922 Materials required for Work between Stations, 2923 Ballast
Train Returns.
Annex 2901(b): Rules for Working Ballast Trains (Excerpts of General Rules, 1981,
Chapter III
Annex 2910: Daily Report of Ballast Train Working
Annex 2923: Ballast Train Return
CHAPTER XXX: WATER SUPPLY
182-193
3001 Sources of Supply, 3002 National Policy for Water Supply, 3003 Requirement of
Water, 3004 Water Supply from Outside Sources, 3005 Development of Railway Sources
for Water Supply - Brick Percolation Wells, 3006 Shallow Tube-Wells, 3007 Deep Tubewells, 3008 Types and Selection of Pumps, 3009 Pump Installation, 3010 Driving Units,
3011 Capacity of Pumping, 3012 Pump Capacity, 3013 Responsibilities for Pumping Plant,
3014 Water Treatment - Quality of Water, 3015 Water Samples for Analysis, 3016 Method
of Treatment, 3017 Disinfection of Water, 3018 Residual Chlorine, 3019 High Service
Tanks, 3020 Float Gauges and Scouring Sluices, 3021 Size of Service Pipes, 3022 Water
Distribution Plans, (1) Distribution System, (2) Layout of Distribution Systems, (3)
Protection against Pollution near Sewer and Drains, 3023 Responsibilities for Maintenance
of Water Supply Installations, 3024 Inspections by Assistant Executive Engineer and
Supervisors.
Annex 3014: Standards of Quality of Drinking Water.
CHAPTER XXXI: LEVEL CROSSING AND GATEMEN
194-212
3101 Responsibility of Assistant Executive Engineer, 3102 Control of level-Crossing, 3103

Classification and Standard of Level Crossings., 3104 Equipment of Gateman, 3105
Locking arrangement, 3106 Skew level crossings, 3107 Normal position of gates, 3108
Lamps at Level Crossing Gates, 3109 Gardening and Cultivation by Gateman, 3110 Track
Structure at Level Crossings, 3111 Level Crossing Indicators. 3112 Inspection and
Maintenance of Level Crossing, (a) Obstruction of view, (b) Opening out of Level Crossing,
(c) Check Rails, (d) Inspection and maintenance of track at level crossings, (e) Painting, (f)
Repairs to road surface, (g) Unmanned level crossings, 3113 Gate Lodges, 3114 Roster of
hours of duty, 3115 Duties of Gateman, 3116 Alertness of Gateman, 3117 Action in an
Emergency, (a) On Double line, (b) Single Line, 3118 Gate left open while train is passing,
3119 Responsibility of SSAE(Way), 3120 Inspections by Assistant Executive Engineer.
Annex 3103(c): Standards of Level Crossing Gates
Annex 3110(c): Schematic diagram of double check rail at Special and A Class level
crossings.
Annex 3111(d): Schematic Diagram of speed breakers and caution boards at level
crossings for road traffic.
Annex 3119(g): Level Crossing Inspection Book
Annex 3119(h): Level Crossing Register.
- xxi -
Page
CHAPTER XXXII: TROLLEYS AND LORRIES
213-223
3201 Rules for Working, 3202 Authority to use Trolley/Motor Trolley/Lorry, 3203
Responsibility of Officials for safe working of Trolleys and Lorries, (a) Responsibility for safe
working, (b) Responsibility for Trolleys, (c) Responsibility for Lorries 3204 Equipment of
Trolley/Lorry, (a) Trolley, (b) Lorries, 3205 Manning of Trolley, 3206 Working of Trolley, (a)
Use of Trolley by authorized person. (b) Protection of Trolley. (c) Use of trolley by other
persons, (d) Trolleys traveling together, (e) Removal of Trolley/Motor trolley from line, 3207
Trolley Design and Identification, 3208 Attaching Trolleys to Trains, 3209 Parking Trolleys,
3210 Carriage of Trolley by a Train, 3211 Accident to Trolleys, 3212 Motor Trolleys, 3213
Lorry Crew, 3214 Design and Identification of Lorries, 3215 Working and Protection of Lorry
on Line, (a) Working of lorry, (b) Blocking line for lorry, (c) Working without blocking line, (d)
Protection while working without blocking line, (e) Removing lorry from line, 3216 Attaching
to Train, 3217 Parking Lorries, 3218 Accident to Lorry,
Annex 3212(b): Rules for the Running of Motor Trollies.
CHAPTER XXXIII: PRESIDENTS SPECIAL TRAIN
224-225
3301 General Instructions, 3302 Responsibility of Divisional Engineer, 3303 Patrolmen,

3304 Guarding loose materials, 3305 Danger Signal, 3306 Special Measures at Level
Crossing, 3307 Discovery of Obstruction, 3308 Trolley Patrol by Officials, 3309 Travel on
Locomotive, 3310 Engineering Department Trains, 3311 Closing of level crossing gates,
3312 Temporary Restrictions, 3313 Stock of Signal Lamps 3314 Special precautions.
CHAPTER XXXIV: STAFF QUARTERS
226-232
3401 Provision of Quarters, 3402 Allocation of Quarters, 3403 Water Supply and Sanitation
Policy, 3404 General Instructions, (a) Numbering of Quarters and Buildings, (b) Siting of
Buildings and Quarter, (c) Drainage Schemes, (d) Unauthorized Constructions, (e)
Protection against Fire,3405 Handing over of Staff Quarters, 3406 Remission of Rent, 3407
Hire of Private Buildings, 3408 Temporary Buildings, 3409 Cleanliness of Quarters, 3410
Maintenance of Staff Quarters, 3411 Inspection of Quarters, 3412 Rent of Quarters, 3413
Assessment of Rent, 3414 Responsibility for Rent Rolls, 3415 Retention of accommodation
after death of employee, 3416 Alterations and Additions to Quarters.
Annex 3402(a)(iii): Application Form for Allotment of Residential Accommodation.
CHAPTER XXXV: MUNICIPAL, UNION BOARD AND CHOWKIDARI TAXATION
233
3501 General, 3502 Railway Act Provisions, 3503 Status of Payment of Local Taxes.
CHAPTER XXXVI: BOOKING OF RAILWAY MATERIALS AND STORES
234 237
3601 Railway Material Consignment Note, 3602 Consignments of over 20 kilograms, 3603
Procedure for Fare Adjustment for Railway Material Consignment, 3604 Inspection by
Traffic staff, 3605 Dispatch of Railway Materials without Inspection by Traffic staff, 3606
Claims for Loss and Damage, 3607 Procedure in the event of Loss or Damage, 3608
Avoidance of Delay to Stock, 3609 Taking Delivery of Consignments.
CHAPTER XXXVII: BULK OIL INSTALLATIONS
238 239
3701 General Requirements, 3702 Selection of Sites of Bulk Oil Installations, 3703
Approach Road and rent for land, 3704 License Agreement.
- xxii -
Page
CHAPTER XXXVIII: PLANTING OF TREES
240 241
3801 General Information, 3802 Tree Planting, 3803 Plant Nurseries, 3804 Hedges on
platforms, Flower and Vegetables gardens.
CHAPTER XXXIX: ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL CONSIDERATIONS
242 259
3901 Background, 3902 Railways Development Impact, 3903 Regulatory Requirements,

3904 Environmental Impacts of Railway Projects, (1) Impact on Surface Water regime, (2)
Impact on Air, (3) Waste Water, (4) Solid Wastes, (5) Noise and Vibration, (6) Soil Erosion,
(7) Impact on Forest Resources, (8) Protected Areas and Archaeological Artifacts, (9) Toxic
and Hazardous Chemicals, 3905 Impacts from use of Natural Resources in Construction,
(1) Use of Natural resource Materials, (2) Waste from Field Operations, 3906
Environmental Considerations during Execution of Works, (1) Responsibility of Divisional
Engineer, (2) Provisions in Tender Documents, 3907 Environmental Monitoring, 3908
Resettlement and Social Considerations, (1) Social Assessment, (2) Resettlement and
Compensation, (3) Community Consultation, (4) Responsibilities of Divisional Engineer, (5)
Poverty, (6) Indigenous People, (7) Public Health Issues, (8) Gender, 3909 Safety, (a)
General rail operational safety, (b) Train/worker accidents, (c) Level crossings safety, (d)
Pedestrian Safety, (e) Safety and convenience of public in the execution of works, (f) Staff
Safety, (g) Enhance railway safety, 3910 Energy Conservation, (1) Global Warming and
Climate Change, (2) Energy Efficiency.
Annex 3903(c): Procedure for issuing Environmental Clearance Certificate
Annex 3904(1)(c):
CHAPTER XL: DIVISIONAL OFFICE ROUTINE
260-263
4001 Working Hours, 4002 Head of Office, 4003 Stock-taking and Preservation of Records,
4004 Use of Official stationery and Stamps, 4005 Endorsements on the back of
Documents, 4006 Use of Half-margin Forms, 4007 Important Points in Correspondence,
4008 Circulars from Chief Engineer, 4009 Sale of stores, 4010 Temporary Speed
Restrictions, 4011 Contractors Bills, 4012 Letter Dispatch Service, 4013 Messaging by
Fax/E-Mail/Telephone Control Message, 4014 Duties of Head Assistants in-charge, 4015
Absence of Head Assistant, 4016 Allocation of duties of Assistants.
- xxiii -
CHAPTER VIII
PREPARATION OF DRAWINGS
801
General Requirements
The general requirements for preparing drawings are as follows:

(a) All plans such as index plans, index sections, yard plans and others shall be prepared in accordance
with the provisions contained in Bangladesh Railway Engineering Code.
(b) The instructions shall also apply to all plans and drawings prepared by contractors for the execution of
works under contracts with the railway.
(c) Wherever drawings are prepared in computer compatible media, adequate care shall be exercised in
maintaining back-up copies and installing security systems.
(d) In general, all drawings will be initiated by Divisional Engineer/Executive Engineer/Chief Engineer,
Engineer in Chief/Project Director shall issue instructions as to which drawings will be approved at the
Divisional level and which are to be sent to the Chief Engineer/Engineer in Chief/Project Director for
approval.
(e) Additions and alterations to an existing plan should be shown in red. Such additions and alterations will
be approved by the authority that approved the original plan.
(f) Nothing of any importance is to be omitted from any plan and each and every item must be accurately
plotted from actual measurements.
(g) The plan must be prepared by careful work with appropriate surveying equipment. A steel tape should
be used for measuring the lengths and spacing of tracks, except that in track circuited sections appropriate
precautions shall be taken.
(h) All construction lines, angles and dimensions should be shown on the drawing in plain blue dotted lines.
These will remain as a record, but will not appear in the subsequent reproductions.
(i) The true North should be prominently displayed on a plan.
(j) In the case of development works reference of sanction particulars such as item number of the Annual
Development Plan should be mentioned in the plan.
(k) All drawings should be quoted by their number along with their alteration/revision number in all
correspondence and references relating thereto.
(l) Copies of drawings are to be folded concertina manner along their width, with each fold being
approximately 180 mm wide. The resulting pleats being again folded either simply or concertina manner to
bring the size of the fold to approximately 180 X 280 mm. In case of large plans the pleats are to be so
arranged that in the ultimate fold, the top left hand corner of the plan remains uppermost for ready
reference; the title, scale and Chief Engineer's number of plan should be repeated in miniature in the top
left hand corner in black letters.
802
Land Plans
(a) Plan for land to be acquired must show the outer boundary of the area. The outer boundary of the plot
to be acquired must be clearly defined by marking every turning point on the boundary of the plot with a
capital letter. Land plans must bear written dimensions sufficient to enable computation of area of the plot.
The plot area will be colored pink.
-1-
(b) When land is being acquired, care must be taken to differentiate between land to be permanently
acquired and land to be occupied temporarily'.
803
Building Plans
(1) Site plans

Site plans must be drawn to the scale laid down showing the exact position of the proposed structure with
reference to the center line, kilometer and distances from adjacent structures. The ground level, floor level,
highest flood level as well as the north point should be shown.
(2) Buildings
(a) Drawing for a structure including building should be prepared in three parts:
(i)
Site plan;
(ii)
Architectural and/or general layout drawing; and
(iii)
Structural and/or execution drawing.
(b) In case of small buildings, all these parts can be included in one sheet but placed distinctly.
(c) The site plan can be separate or part of an existing general plan. Site plans for new quarters should
include the type drawing numbers and show the north line and direction of prevailing wind.
(d) The architectural drawing should normally include ground plan, section through the building in such
directions as are necessary to exhibit the intended form and dimensions of the various parts, and elevation
of one or more faces. It should invariably indicate the number of floors for which the foundation of the
building is designed. It should also include roof drainage arrangement, sanitary details, layout of bathrooms
and layout of kitchen. Details of finishing items and specification should also be indicated in the
Architectural drawing in the form of a note. Landscaping and developmental work involved must also be
shown.
(e) The structural drawing will indicate foundation plan, details of reinforced cement concrete (RCC)
members and a bar bending schedule as per specifications.
(f) The estimated cost per square meter of covered plinth area must be shown on all building plans.
804
Railway Line, Station Yard and Remodeling Plans
The following shall be shown and relevant information provided on the plans:
(a) Tracks must be shown by one line that should be thicker than the other lines. The clear distance
between fouling blocks and center to center of tracks must be given. The position of the toe of each switch,
nose of crossing, and angle of the turnout must be clearly marked.
(b) The Up direction must be on the right-hand side, so that increasing kilometers read from left to right.
(c) The names of the nearest junction or terminal stations; the station with the lower kilometer being on the
left.
(d) The original center line of the railway together with its kilometer.
(e) The degree, radius, total angle of deflection and the tangent points of all curves on the line, both on the
plan and in the longitudinal section. Beginning and end of transitions together with their lengths should also
be shown.
-2-
(f) All gradients, together with the distance from which the level or gradient extends out of station.
(g) All borrow pits, rivers and pipelines, streams, sullage and sewer drains together with their direction of
flow. For rivers their names and the highest known flood levels must be given.
(h) Mosques and graves, roads and footpaths with the names of towns or villages they lead to.
(i) In the case of foundations, the nature of the soil as determined from trial pit and bore log details.
(j) The clear length of all inspection pits, capacity of weigh-bridges in tonnes; capacity of high level tanks
and of ground tanks; diameter and depth of all wells; diameter of hydrants, taps, main and subsidiary pipe
lines; the clear lengths and sizes of drains and sewers and storm-water drains; location of septic tanks.
(k) The length and capacity of sidings in terms of vehicles; position of fouling marks and buffer stops;
distance, centre to centre of tracks; distance of all the facing points on the main line from the centre of
station; the serial numbers of the turnouts; the angles of crossings; inclination of gathering lines; the
distance from the centre of station of all signals, signal cabins with their distinguishing feature, signals
being shown as viewed by the Driver and with their bases at the sites they occupy; lengths of passenger
and goods platforms and their heights above rail level; crossings of telecommunication and power lines
over head or underground.
(l) Road crossings with their class and location; road over-bridges and under-bridges.
(m) Infringements of standard dimensions, if any.
805
Drawings of Bridges
(a) The drawings for a bridge should include the site plan, plan and longitudinal section of the river or water
channel above and below the proposed site in the case of large bridges being rebuilt on account of
insufficient waterway or being built at a new site and a sufficient number of cross sections showing highest
flood level.
(b) If a correct survey of an important river does not exist, the river should be surveyed for a distance of 8
km upstream and 2 km down stream, all spill channels upstream being shown on the plan; these distances
of 8 km and 2 km are to be taken as measured at right angles to the centre line of the railway and not along
the course of the river.
(c) On the drawings, notes should be made of area of flood sections and hydraulic mean depths for each
case, river channel basin area, velocity obtained by calculation and by experiments (preferably at high flood
), waterway through bridge proposed to be allowed with a note on increase in velocity and probable highest
flood level due to afflux, ground plan of foundations, sections through the bridge in such directions as are
necessary to show the intended form and dimensions of the various parts, front and side elevation of
abutments and piers, and drawings of such details as have not been standardized.
(d) The standard of loading for which the bridge is designed should be recorded in the plan and reference
to the type drawing of the particular girder should also be recorded.
806
Water Supply, Drainage and Sewerage
(a) Plans of water supply, pumping, storage and distribution systems should show complete dimensions
and details including reduced level of salient points.
(b) The lines should be drawn in thicker lines than the rest of the plan and only sufficient buildings (with
their designations) and tracks shown as are necessary to make the purpose and location of pipe-lines
understood.
(c) Plans of drains and sewerage should show complete dimensions and details with sufficient features of
the site including gradient and reduced level of salient points.
-3-
(d) The set of drawings should be complete so as to enable the work being executed as per the
specifications and standards desired.
807
Sizes of Drawings
(a) Working and Completion Drawings. The standard size for working and completion drawings shall be
530 x 685 mm, including a margin of 25 mm on three sides and 38 mm on the left hand side for binding.
Thus the drawing shall be within 470 X 635 mm. When necessary the 470 mm width may be increased by
50 mm or multiples there of, and the drawing folded concertina manner. But the 685 mm is not to be
exceeded, except in special cases.
(b) Project Plans. Project plans are to be of standard size. 1220 x 915 mm.
(c) Plane Table Sheets. Surveys are usually done on plane table sheets of standard size 760 X 810 mm.
808
Scale of Drawings
(a) All drawings except sketch plans should be drawn to scale. The scale to which the drawings and plans
are prepared shall be as specified in the Bangladesh Railway Engineering Code.
(b) The scale or scales of a drawing should be indicated at the appropriate place in the title block. Where
different scales are used for details, the corresponding scales should be shown under each relevant detail.
(c) Drawings shall be prepared to the following scale:
(i)
Land Plans: The scale of land plans will be 50 meter to 1 cm (or 1:5000), but if this
would not admit of sufficient detail being shown with clearness, the scale may be 10
meter to 1 cm (or 1:1000). When land to be acquired forms an addition, to that already
previously acquired, in such cases the plans showing additions may be drawn to the
same scale as the original plans. In large towns with congested areas a scale of 5 meter
to 1 cm (or 1:500) may, however, be used.
(ii)
Site plans and Buildings: Site plans will be prepared to a scale of 10 meters to 1
cm (or 1:1000), and plans of buildings to a scale of 1 meter to 1 cm (or 1:10) with larger
scales for details (as in paragraph (iv) above), if necessary.
(iii) Station Yard Plans: The Survey plans of all station yards must be drawn to a scale
of 10 meter to 1 cm (or 1:1000). Should be amount of details necessitate it, the plan may
be drawn at 5 meter to 1 cm (or 1:500) and reduced afterwards. Plans will show the
center lines of all tracks, center to center distance of tracks and all necessary
dimensions.
(iv) Plans for remodeling of yard lines: For works involving alterations/remodeling of
existing yard lines, an accurate survey of the part of the yard affected must be carried
out and shown on a drawing of scale 5 meter to 1 cm (1:500). All tracks must be shown
by a centre line only. The exact position of every turnout and other line connections
should then be plotted and fully dimensioned.
(v)
Bridge Drawings: Working and completion drawings and details will be to scale
varying from 1 meter to 1 cm (or 1:100) to 10 cm to 1 cm (or 1:10) according to the size
of details. Details which are too small for complete dimensioning in the main drawing
should be shown in a separate detailed view or section which is drawn to a larger scale,
adjacent to the main drawing. Recommended scales for details are 1:2 and 1:5.
-4-
809
Title and Numbering of Drawings
(a) Number block on drawing

The drawing number should be on the right hand top corner. The number will be followed by the code
initials of the Division, thus No. 748 SDP and the date will be given immediately underneath. Any alteration
or revision of the drawing should be indicated after the drawing number. If the drawing supersedes a
previous one, this will be given in smaller type immediately below the drawing number: Supersedes
Drawing No. of Month . and Year. If a drawing has more than one sheet, each sheet should be given a
sequential sheet number/total number of sheets, printed immediately below the drawing number.
(b) Title Block of the Drawing
The title block of the drawing should give the following basic information:
(i)
Zone;
(ii)
Name of Division/Project Office;
(iii)
Name of work;
(iv)
Reference to sanction particulars; and
(v)
Scale of drawing.
(c) Signatures
(i)
Sufficient space must be left on all plans for the signatures of all the principal
officers concerned. All signatures must be dated.
(ii)
In the case of land plans or plans where other organizations are concerned,
additional space should be provided for their signatures, and the designations should be
written in full.
(iii)
All signatures on tracings should be in indelible red ink and dated.
(iv) Every plan should bear in small letters at the lower left hand corner the name and
initials of the draftsman or tracer who prepared and checked the plan. The Head
Draftsman must initial the plan just-below where the Divisional/Executive Engineer will
sign.
810
Counter Signatures on Plans
(a) All site plans for buildings must bear a certificate in the right hand bottom corner thus: Site inspected
and checked by me personally on the spot duly signed by the Assistant Executive Engineer in-charge of
the section.
(b) All plans of yards where signaling and/or interlocking is to be installed and all plans which contemplate
any addition or alteration to the signaling or interlocking of a yard, must be submitted to the Signal Engineer
for counter signatures.
(c) All site plans of quarters, conveniences for the staff and any project that may impact on the health of
staff should also be approved and signed by the Chief Medical Officer or his representative.
(d) Site plans affecting other departments of the railway must be signed by a representative of that
department not below the rank of Divisional Officer. The officer so approving the site plan is directly
responsible for taking steps to satisfy himself of the suitability of the sites proposed.
-5-
Note: When approving of site plans Divisional Officers should always bear in mind the possibility of the
future expansions of railway facilities and see that the buildings are so located that reasonable expansions
will not necessitate removal of the building under consideration.
811
Completion Drawings
(a) On completion of a work, any alterations or modifications which may have been made from the working
plan should be marked thereon in red ink and a fresh tracing made showing the work as actually built.
Signed copies of the plan should be submitted by Assistant Executive Engineer or by the Engineer
responsible to the Divisional Engineer for works completed to the approved drawings. These should
indicate the work as actually carried out. Special care should be taken that the work below ground is
correctly shown, and the nature of soil encountered in foundations is recorded.
(b) The Divisional Engineer should prepare fresh tracing if there are numerous alterations, showing the
works as actually built. Such tracings will give the completion drawing number in red letters in the space
provided in title block and Divisional Engineer's signature appended thereto.
(c) If minor alterations have been made, the original tracing may be amended in the Divisional Engineer's
office and marked completion drawing.
(d) The completion drawing of a bridge should show, in addition to all dimensions, the following:
(i)
Reduced level of: rails and bed blocks or crown and springing of arch or underside
of slabs.
(ii)
Reduced levels of top and bottom of foundations. If on piles or wells, reduced level
of bottom should be given and complete drawings showing the strata passed through
with details of any tests made.
(iii)
Nature of soil under the foundations of the structure must be stated.
Note: With regard to the reduced levels in the longitudinal section, the datum used must be indicated on the
drawing.
(e) The Divisional Engineer must submit the completion plan within 10 days of the completion of work. The
completion plan shall be approved within next 10 days so that after proper entry of measurements,
payment of the final bill may be made within the next 10 days.
812
Preparation Care and Filing of Tracings
(a) The records section of the Chief Engineers Drawing Branch shall file every tracing and original drawing
carefully on the basis of subject-wise classification and filing system. Probability of damage to the drawings
should be guarded against.
(b) Tracings and original drawings shall not be used for reference as they are likely to get lost or damaged.
Required number of prints should be supplied to officials; each particular project file should contain a print
of the works relating to it.
(c) Wherever found convenient, the Chief Engineer may digitize the original drawings for future records.
813
Plans issued by the Chief Engineer's Office
Copies/prints of plans issued by the Chief Engineer's office should be carefully maintained and recorded;
copies as required may be obtained.
-6-
CHAPTER IX
DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS, SURVEYS AND PROJECT ESTIMATES
Note: The planning, preparation and approval of development projects on the railway, which are funded
from the Governments Development Budget, follow the process laid down by the Government of
Bangladesh, Ministry of Planning.
901
Planning Process for Railway Development Projects
(1) Budgeting and Development Plans

The annual budget is divided into a revenue budget and a development budget, on both the revenue and
expenditure sides. The revenue budget pays for the normal functioning of the government. The
development budget is prepared for improving the country's infrastructure and social sectors. Development
activities in Bangladesh are undertaken in most part in the form of projects and programmes in the frame of
Annual Development Programmes in line with goals and objectives set forth in the five-year plans. The
development needs of the railway are met out of the development budget.
(2) Annual Development Programme
The Planning Commission formulates the Annual Development Programme (ADP) in the light of basic
objectives and goals stated in a Five-Year Plan. The draft is then placed for the approval of the Executive
Committee of the National Economic Council (ECNEC). While preparing an ADP, fields and projects related
to national economic development get more priority and concentration. Funds are allocated to implement
development projects included in the ADP. Both internal (domestic) and external (aid) funds are used to
finance projects. Potential availability of funds often becomes a major consideration in preparing the ADP,
which has historically remained dependent upon foreign aid.
902
Railway Annual Development Programme
(1) Main types of Projects

The major development projects financed under the Annual Development Programmes of Bangladesh
Railway have been of the following types:
(a) Construction of New Lines
(b) Construction of Double Lines
(c) Gauge conversion/Dual Gauge Project
(d) Rehabilitation of Track and Bridges
The requirements for the preparation of these projects have been discussed in the paragraphs below.
(2) Approval of Development Projects
(a) As per the Governments directive all projects to be included in the Annual Development Programme
must be prepared in accordance with the guidelines and approved by the government.
(b) Under the current arrangement for approval of development projects, the railway administrations
examine thoroughly the feasibility of the project and prepare a Development Project Proposal
(DPP)/Technical Assistance Project Proforma (TAPP) in the prescribed format of the Planning Commission.
The DPP/TPP is sent to the Planning Commission through the Ministry of Communications for final
approval by the Executive Committee of the National Economic Council (ECNEC) or the Planning Minister
-7-
(whichever is applicable). After the approval of the project the Railway Administration appoints a Project
Director.
Note: The procedure for processing and approval of development projects in the public sector is laid down
under the latest circular of the Planning Commission.
903
Surveys
The location and construction of new lines requires three distinct surveys: reconnaissance, preliminary
survey and final location survey.
(a) Reconnaissance survey
Reconnaissance survey applies to all rough and rapid investigations of an area with a view to determine the
technical feasibility and approximate cost of one or more routes for a projected railway line from a general
examination with the help of contoured survey maps and other available material without a more careful
investigation of the field and with the use of only those instruments that will rapidly give approximate
distances and heights. Where suitable aerial photographs are available, field investigations by instruments
can be considerably avoided or dispensed with by stereoscopic studies of the photographs and site
inspections as may be required. This survey of the traffic and physical conditions of the area will help to
determine if it is expedient to proceed with the project, and the route or routes, which should be further
examined.
(b) Preliminary Survey
This consists of a more detailed examination by running a Compass Traverse along the route or routes
selected as a result of reconnaissance. Sufficient details are taken to lay down the best projected line on
the plans and to obtain a close estimate of the probable cost. The use of photogrammetric methods which
involve plotting of contoured strip maps can help to considerably avoid instrumental examination of the
route or routes selected as a result of reconnaissance. Whether a line is to be built or not will usually be
decided on the result of the survey considered in conjunction with traffic survey.
(c) Final Location Survey
(i) This will generally be a post investment decision investigation to prepare detailed plans and sections for
the accurate preparation of a construction estimate, on which commencement of construction may be
sanctioned. The principal differences between the work required in a final location survey and that in a
preliminary survey is that the alignment finally selected during a survey should be fully staked on the
ground.
(ii) The requirements of investigations in a final location survey for new lines have been described in the
paragraphs below. Surveys and investigations required for other types of projects shall also be guided
accordingly.
904
Land Acquisition
(1) Procedure of Land Acquisition

The acquisition of land for railway projects shall be done in accordance with the Acquisition and Requisition
of Immovable Property Ordinance 1982 (Ordinance No. II of 1982), as further amended from time to time,
the Acquisition of Immovable Property Rules, 1982 and the Immovable Property Acquisition Manual, 1997.
The procedure for land acquisition has been explained in detail in Section 1 of Chapter XI of this Manual.
(2) Authorization to enter land
Before the final location survey can be undertaken the Divisional Engineer/Executive Engineer should seek
authorization for the survey party to enter the land for survey to take levels and measurements of
boundaries and placing marks as necessary, and also to seek information relating to the property to be
acquired from the Deputy Commissioner of the concerned District, through which the line passes, under
-8-
Section 37(1) and Section 38 of the Acquisition and Requisition of Immovable Property Ordinance 1982.
The relevant provisions in the 1982 Ordinance are excerpted in Annex 904(2).
(3) Preparation of Plans and documentation
(a) On completion of the final location survey, the Engineer in-charge of the survey must mark out on a
Survey of Bangladesh Map (scale 1:250,000 or 2.5 km to 1 cm) the probable alignment of the proposed
railway, as well as all likely alternative routes. Also a Schedule is prepared giving complete particulars of
the land intended to be acquired, including plot numbers, khatians, mouzas, JL Nos. villages, police
stations (thanas). This documentation is sent to the Deputy Commissioner of the concerned District for
initiating acquisition of land.
Note: JL No. implies the Jurisdiction List number as per revenue records.
(b) On receipt of the necessary information for acquisition of the proposed land from the railway authority,
the Deputy Commissioner gives notice on Form A (Chapter XI, Annex 1104(b)) under Section 3 of the
Acquisition and Requisition of Immovable Property Ordinance, 1982 to the owner/occupier/person
interested in the said property and authorizes the railway authority to proceed with the survey works as per
the Immovable Property Acquisition Manual, 1997.
(c) In response to the notice under Section 3, a person interested in the property to be acquired may submit
an objection under Section 4 of the Acquisition and Requisition of Immovable Property Ordinance 1982.
(d) The Government or Divisional Commissioner, as the case may be, after considering the objections shall
make a decision about the acquisition of the land within the time period specified under Section 5 of the
Ordinance of 1982 (Sections 3 to 5 are excerpted below).
(e) When the Government, the Divisional Commissioner or the Deputy Commissioner, as the case may be,
has made a decision for acquisition of any property under Section 5 or the proviso to Section 4 (3) (b), as
the case may be, then under Section 6, the Deputy Commissioner shall serve a public notice on Form B at
convenient places on or near such property stating that the Government, the Divisional Commissioner or
the Deputy Commissioner, as the case may be, has decided to acquire the property and intends to take
possession thereof and that claims to compensation for all interests in such property may be made to him.
(f) After considering the claim to compensation filed by the interested person, the Deputy Commissioner
shall make an award of the compensation under Section 7. In determining the amount of compensation to
be awarded the Deputy Commissioner shall take in to consideration all matters as detailed under Section 8
(Excerpt is placed below for reference).
Sections 3 to 5 of the Acquisition and Requisition of Immovable Property Ordinance 1982
Section 3. Publication of preliminary notice of acquisition of property: Whenever it appears to the Deputy
Commissioner that any property in any locality is needed or is likely to be needed for any public purpose or
in the public interest, he shall cause a notice to be published at convenient places on or near the property in
the prescribed form and manner stating that the property is proposed to be acquired:
Provided that no property used by the public for the purpose of religious worship, graveyard and cremation
ground shall be acquired.
Section 4. Objection against acquisition: (1) Any person interested in any property .which has been notified
under section 3 as being needed or likely to be needed for a public purpose or in the public interest may,
within fifteen days after the publication of the notice, object to the acquisition of the property.
(2) Every objection under sub-section (1) shall be made to the Deputy Commissioner in writing, and the
Deputy Commissioner shall, give the objector an opportunity of being heard either in person or by an agent
and shall after hearing all such objections and after making such further enquiries, if any, as he thinks
necessary, prepare a report within thirty days following the expiry of the period specified under sub-section
(1) containing his opinion on the objections (Amended by Act XX of 1994)
(3) The Deputy Commissioner shall then:
(a) If the property exceeds fifty standard bighas of land, submit the record of the proceedings held by him,
together with his report, for the decision of the Government; and
(b) If the property does not exceed fifty standard bighas of land, submit the record of the proceedings held
by him, together with his report, for the decision of the Divisional Commissioner; (Amended by Ord. No. XV
-9-
of 1983, Ord, No. XXX of 1983 and Act No. XX of 1994).

Provided that if no objection is raised within the period specified in subsection (1), the Deputy Commissioner
shall, instead of submitting the records of proceedings to the Divisional Commissioner, make a decision
within ten days of the expiry of the aforesaid period or within such further period but not exceeding thirty
days, as the Divisional Commissioner permits on the request of the Deputy
Commissioner in writing, about the acquisition of the property and such decision of the Deputy
Commissioner shall be final. (Amended by Ord. XXx of 1983 and Act No. XX of 1994).
Section 5. Final Decision regarding acquisition: (1) The Government, or as the case may be, the Divisional
Commissioner, after considering the report submitted by the Deputy Commissioner under section 4 (3) shall
make a decision about the acquisition of the property and such decision of the Government, or as the case
may be the Divisional Commissioner shall be final (Amended by Ord. No. XV of 1983).
Provided that
(a) Where the decision is to be made by the Divisional commissioner, it shall be made within fifteen days
from the date of submission of the report, or within such further time but not exceeding one month, as he
may think fit for reasons to be recorded by him in this behalf ; (Amended by Act XX of 1994).
(b) Where decision is to be made by the Government, it shall be made within a period not exceeding ninety
days from the date of submission of the report. (Amended by Act. XX of 1994).
(2) When the Government, the Divisional Commissioner or the Deputy Commissioner, as the case may be
makes a decision for acquisition of the property under sub-section (1) of the provision to section 4 (3) (b) as
the case may be, such decision shall be conclusive evidence that the property is needed for a public
purpose or in the public interest. (Sub. by Old. XXX of 1983).
Excerpt of Section 8 of the Acquisition and Requisition of Immovable Property Ordinance 1982
Section 8. Matters to be considered in determining Compensation: (1) In determining the amount of
compensation to be awarded for any property to be acquired under this part, the Deputy Commissioner shall
take into consideration
(a) The market value of the property at the date of publication of the notice under Section 3;
Provided that in Determining such market value, the Commissioner shall take into account the average
value, to be calculated in the prescribed manner, of the properties of similar description and with similar
advantages in the vicinity during the twelve months preceding the date of publication of the notice under
Section 3;
(b) The damage that may be sustained by the person interested, by reason of the taking of any standing
crops or trees which may be on the property at the time of taking possession thereof by the Deputy
Commissioner;
(c) The damage that may be sustained by the person interested, at the time of taking possession of the
property by the Deputy Commissioner, by reason of severing such property from his other property;
(d) The damage that may be sustained by the person interested, at the time of taking possession of the
property by the Deputy commissioner, by reason of the acquisition injuriously affecting his other properties,
movable or immovable, in any other manner, or his earnings;
(e) If in consequence of the acquisition of the property, the person interested is likely to be compelled to
change his residence or place of business, the reasonable expenses if any, incidental to such change; and
(f) The damage that may be resulting from diminution of the profits of the property between the date of
service of notice under Section 6 and the date of taking possession of the property by the Deputy
Commissioner.
(2) In addition to the market value of the property as provided in sub-section (1), the Deputy Commissioner
shall in every case award a sum of "fifty percent" on such market value in consideration of the compulsory
nature of the acquisition (Amended by ord. VIII of 1993).
9. Matters not to be considered in determining Compensation: In determining the amount of compensation to
be awarded for any property to be acquired under this part, the Deputy Commissioner shall not take into
consideration
(a) The degree of urgency which has led to the acquisition ;
(b) any disinclination of the person interested to part with the property to be acquired ;
(c) any damage that may be sustained by him which, if caused by a private person, would not render such
person liable to a suit ;
(d) any damage which is likely to be caused to the property to be acquired, after the date of service of notice
under section 6, by or in consequence of the use to which it will be put ;
(e) any increase to the value of the property to be acquired likely to accrue from the use to which it will be
- 10 -
put when acquired ; or

(f) any alteration or improvement in, or disposal of, the property to be acquired, made or effected without the
sanction of the Deputy Commissioner after the date of publication of the notice under Section 3.
Note: It may be mentioned that under the Acquisition and Requisition of Immovable Property Ordinance
1982, the procedure for acquisition of land, making of award and payment of compensation has been
greatly simplified as compared to that under the erstwhile Land Acquisition Act of 1894.
(g) When the compensation mentioned in the award by the Deputy Commissioner has been paid or is
deemed to have been paid the land shall stand acquired and vest absolutely in the Government
free from all encumbrances, and the Deputy Commissioner shall thereupon take possession of the
property (Section 11).
905
Final Location Survey of New Lines
(a) Arrangements for staff. The arrangements for staff of the survey party should take consideration of the
availability of temporary lodgings in habitations along the proposed route. It will usually be necessary only
to arrange for the regular railway staff for the actual survey; local labor who knows the lay of the land is
usually helpful in local areas.
(b) Care of Instruments. It is essential that all survey instruments should be kept in thorough adjustment
throughout the .survey. Measuring tools should be frequently checked for completeness and accuracy.
(c) Cash Imprest. The Engineer-in-Charge of the survey party should arrange with the Chief Engineer for
the necessary cash imprest to be provided. This depends on the locality in which the survey is to be carried
out, and the number of local of labor to be engaged.
906
Contact with Officials of the District
Before taking to the field, the Engineer-in-Charge should visit all the district officials in the districts to be
traversed by the survey. He should consult them freely upon matters of alignment, stations and levelcrossings. In the cases of irrigation bridges, roads and buildings, the concerned officials must be referred to
in each case. The Deputy Commissioner of the District will be able to assist the survey party with trade and
agriculture statistics, position of large markets and in the estimation of likely traffic on the proposed line.
907
Organizing Survey of New Lines
(a) Strength of Survey Party

The strength of the survey party depends on the nature of the work to be done and on the number of
alternative alignments to be surveyed. In cases where there are two or more officers, the senior official will
go ahead of the party with a prismatic compass and fix the general alignment, after reconnaissance of any
alternative alignments which may be considered necessary. The following officials will do the actual
pegging out of the alignment by means of a surveying equipment. The leveling will be done by the senior
supervisor, and a second supervisor will check the work done. The plane-table survey work will be done by
one or more supervisors as may be necessary.
(b) Method of Pegging out
(i) In pegging out the final alignment, stout wooden pegs 100X100X750 mm are to be
driven in at every 300 meters. Wooden pegs 50X50X460 mm are to be driven in at every
150 meters. Intermediate pegs of bamboo are to be driven in at every 30 meters. The
pegs at every 300 meters are to have consecutive numbers stamped on them about 40
mm high on two sides.
(ii)The pegs at tangent points of curves should be circular and of wood and be 100 mm
diameter by 750 mm long. The pegs at the apexes of curves should be of triangular
section wood with 125 mm sides and 750 mm long.
- 11 -
(iii) Also, where possible, the wooden pegs at every even number 300 meter mark, and at
tangent points and apexes of curves are to have masonry or concrete pillars built round
them so as to keep them firm.
(iv) In the top of every 300 and 150 meter pegs, and top of tangent and apex pegs of
curves, a metal tack is to be driven in showing the centre of the alignment. The metal
tack must be fixed by using a theodolite.
(c) Bench Marks
Bench marks must be left at intervals of not less than 600 meters. Where possible a round-headed nail
should be driven into the foot of a tree to act as a bench mark. This method prevents people from noticing
the benchmark and tampering with it. Where trees or masonry works do not exist, an iron rod (carefully
rounded at the top) should be buried in a block of concrete 610X610X610 mm; the rod should project about
25 mm at the top, and the top of the concrete block should be at ground level.
(d) Plotting of Surveys
For plotting of surveys, the scales to be adopted shall be as follows:
Longitudinal: 1:500 (or 5 meters to 1 cm).
Vertical: 1:50 (or 50 cm to 1 cm).
Cross-Section of rivers: 1:500 (or 5 meters to 1 cm), with exceptions in the case of rivers in flood whose
width exceeds 900 meters.
908
Investigations during Final Location Survey of New Lines - Foresight
It must be remembered that the construction of a line is only the beginning of the railway, although it is
often looked on as the end as well. One should never forget to look at all proposed works and
conveniences from the working point of view, especially as regards station yards and the alignment on
approach to stations, and also the alignment where stations may be located in the future. The proposed
stations and possible future sites for stations should be given plenty of room, so that the Station Master
shall have good visibility between the outer signals even after the importance of the station has increased
multifold in the future. A good knowledge of traffic working and foresight are important prerequisites for the
success of the survey, thorough investigations including alternatives will be adequately rewarding, the extra
cost during the survey will be insignificant.
909
Requirements of the User Department
The requirements of the user department must be ascertained before commencing project investigation
relating to investments involving augmenting line capacity, improving terminal facilities or repair facilities..
Before proposals for new line capacity works, gauge conversion, doubling and others are formulated, work
study teams should go into the actual working details. The results of such studies must be kept in view
while investigating the schemes. After developing the proposals the plans must be got approved and
signed by the concerned departments to avoid the substantial modifications at a subsequent stage.
910
Alignment
In fixing the alignment of railway line, the following aspects should be considered:
(1) Suitability of Alignment to meet Demand of Trade and Commerce
(a) The Engineer-in-Charge of a survey should make sure that the proposed alignment is as good as he
can get, especially with regard to present and future centers of trade. Whereas some trade centers move to
the railway, but for the sake of traffic the railway has to be so aligned to effectively serve the centers of
trade and commerce, particularly in the vicinity of navigable rivers in Bangladesh.
- 12 -
(b) Considering the broader social and economic impacts of land acquisition and the accompanying
resettlement on the economically weaker sections of the population particularly in rural areas, the survey
should make all efforts that the proposed route avoid densely populated areas and in rural areas
agriculturally productive land. This will also help to limit the resettlement and land acquisition costs of the
new line. There is always scope for improvement in proposed alignment. However the investigation of
alternative alignments will be contingent to the time available for completing the survey and the cost of the
survey.
(2) Curves
(a) Degree of Curvature: It is preferable to have cuttings and tunnels on straight track but they may be
provided on curves if the cost of having them on the straight is excessive. The sharpest degree of curve to
be adopted should normally suit the projected speed corresponding to the category of line proposed.
(b) Transition Curves: All curves sharper than 1 should be provided with transition curves. The shape of
transition shall be a cubic parabola with a linear. The length of transitions should correspond to the speed
of the projected line and should be worked out on the basis of criteria for cant/cant deficiency and cant
gradient as proposed for maintenance of permanent way in this Manual. The proper provision of these
parameters will ensure smooth running on the curves.
(d) Reverse Curves: The desirable minimum length of straight between reverse curve should be 50 meters
for broad gauge.
(e) Vertical Curves: Vertical curves shall be laid out only on those points of change of grade where the
algebraic difference between the grades is equal to or more than 4 mm/meter. The minimum radius of the
vertical curves shall be 2500 meters in the case of broad gauge and meter gauge lines.
(3) Ruling Gradient
The choice of the ruling gradient will not only affect the grades on the line but the curves, and the length of
the line. It will also affect the throughput on the section since the ruling gradient will determine the heaviest
train loads permissible and the choice of the locomotives. Where the new line will become a part of the
existing network, the ruling gradient(s) on adjacent lines will also need to be taken in to consideration. The
selection of ruling gradient should be done on an economic basis.
(4) Alternative Alignments
Where alternative alignments of importance have been examined, the advantages and disadvantages that
led to the selection of the proposed alignment should be elaborated.
(5) Interference with Existing Railway lines, Roads, Waterways
(a) Whenever the alignment of a new railway, passes close to or involves any alteration to, or diversion of
existing railways, roads, and waterways, the acceptance of the concerned authorities should be sought
during the survey.
(b) Inquiry should also be made from the State Government (Irrigation Department) whether any dam or
river diversion, or any work is proposed which would affect the proposed railway in any way.
(6) Branch Lines
If possible, a straight length of at least 1.5 kilometer should be kept from the Home-Signal at a junction
station before the proposed branch line curves off on to its alignment.
- 13 -
911
Bridges
(1) Selection of Bridge Sites

(a) The selection of the sites for bridges should be carefully done duly considering the experience gained
on past projects, especially in the country where the river channels are not fixed or well defined. In the flood
plains of Bangladesh, the rivers change their courses by kilometers. All this may happen in the course of a
single rainy reason. In the circumstances the bridge site should be so selected as to suit the river once for
all. To do this economically requires great care and complete knowledge of the country and past behavior
of the river between the proposed railway and the upstream regions where the river channel is well defined.
(b) In the case of an important river if correct survey does not exist, the river should be surveyed for a
distance of 8 km up stream and 2 km down stream (measured at right angles to the centre line of the
railway and not along the course of the river), all spill channels up stream should be shown on the plan.
(c) Cross section of the river bed should be taken at suitable points and the position marked on the survey
plan. The level of the highest known flood or ordinary flood and levels of ordinary low water should be
noted on each cross section. The average slope of the river bed is to be determined from a point about 2
km above the railway crossing to a point 2 km below the same. In case there are sharp changes in the bed
slopes the local bed slope will have to be determined over a shorter length.
(d) The sites of bridges and the direction of river crossings should first be settled so as to avoid excessive
curvature and longer length of line.
(2) Design of Bridges
(a) Whenever new major railway bridges, particularly those involving well foundations, are built on new
lines a decision should be taken whether the sub-structures should be built:
(i) In the case of meter gauge bridge to suit broad gauge loading, or
(ii) In the case of broad gauge single line bridge to allow for future doubling.
(b)The kind and depth of foundations and the kind of flooring to be adopted require very careful
consideration. Experience on projects completed in the past could provide useful information.
(3) Clear Height of Bridges
(a) In the case of rivers on which inland waterway transport services are already established, full provision
should be made for those services by the Railway. Reasonable provision should also be made at railway
cost for any development of river traffic that may be expected when the construction of the railway line is
taken in hand.
(b) In the case of rivers which are navigable, but which have not hitherto been served by water transport,
and there is a genuine prospect of river services being opened within a reasonable period, the design of the
bridge should provide for the future requirements.
(c) Headways should generally he calculated above the normal high flood level taking, if possible an
average of not less than ten years recorded high flood-levels.
(d) Provision should be made for country boat traffic in the case of all rivers on which country boats ply or it
is possible for them to ply. The free-board standard of the Bangladesh Inland waterways Transport
Authority (BIWTA) should be followed.
- 14 -
BIWTA Standard for Minimum Vertical and Horizontal Clearance Across Different Waterways
Classification of
Minimum vertical clearance
Minimum Horizontal Clearance
Waterways
Class I
18.30 m( 60)
76.22 m ( 250)
Class II
12.20 m(40)
76.22 m(250)
Class III
7.62 m(25)
30.48 m(100)
Class IV
5.00 m(16.5)
20.00 m (66)
Notes: (1) The minimum vertical clearance is with respect to the standard high water (SHW) levels at the
river crossing. For SHW levels and classification of river/waterway is available with BIWTA.(2) These
clearances may be changed with the permission of BIWTA, if necessary due to changes in hydraulic
conditions, traffic pattern or any special circumstances. (3) These vertical clearances are for the navigation
span of road or railway bridges.
(4) Waterway of Bridges
(a) In regard to the waterway to be provided in any given case, provision should be made for spans of width
sufficient to pass steamers with two flats alongside in the case of large rivers, and steamers with one flat
alongside in the case of smaller rivers.
(b) Disputes or differences of opinion in particular cases should be settled in respect of each case by the
local government after reference, if required, to a local committee representative of all interests, and
presided over by the Commissioner of the Division concerned.
(c) It is reiterated that the adequacy of waterway is very important requirement. This is so, not only to
ensure that the lines of communications are maintained in good order for safety of rail traffic, but
inadequacy of waterway may have far reaching impacts on the environment and ecological balance due to
water logging and/or change in the flow pattern in the watershed, which could be passed on to the
population in the affected areas. In this regard the observations published in a research paper on the
impact of the railway embankments on the water regime in Bangladesh are worth noting. The main
conclusions of this research paper are summarized below:
In its quest for analyzing the impact of interaction between Eastern Bengal (roughly the plains of todays
Bangladesh) deltaic landscape and railways, this paper has shown that the colonial administration and to
some extent local gentry failed to grasp the extent of threat of railways to the water regime of the region. In
most cases railway embankments without generous outlays for free flow of water current helped water-logging
and consequently destroying standing crops and cropping pattern. Besides, railways often caused decline or
diversion of watercourses towards unexpected terrains
.Besides, it is now proved by statistics that cultivable waste land in the Bengal Delta increased over the
first few decades of the twentieth century. In the case of Western and Central Bengal, explanation as to this
could be found in the fact that these regions lost population growth due to the moribund state of the regions
and to the spread of malaria. However, it was not clear why in the Eastern Bengal Delta, where the population
growth was speeding up every year and where land still possessed enormous fertility, cultivable wasteland
existed. The question therefore could be raised whether the railways with their long arms of embankments
could partly be responsible for this.
Note: Railways and the water regime of the Eastern Bengal Delta, c. 1905-1943: a reappraisal by
Khondker Iftekhar Iqbal; Fitzwilliam College, Cambridge CB3 ODG, UK
(5) River Protection Works
River protection works required to safeguard the line against water flow and floods in rivers, to mitigate the
effect of bursting of tanks or scour of surface water in the vicinity of the line, should be carefully considered
on the ground and the position and extent of such work determined and surveyed, high flood marks of spill
water should be carefully sought out and recorded on plans and sections.
(6) Records of Highest Flood-Level
All the information that can possibly be obtained about flood-levels should be obtained to enable fixing of
the formation level. As a general rule, the formation level should be fixed a meter above the highest flood
level.
- 15 -
912
Road Crossings
(a) The type of level crossing planned, any diversions of roads contemplated and any difficulties
encountered in the execution of grade separated road crossings should be settled after discussions with
local government authorities.
(b) When going along a public road, provision should be made in the estimates for diverting the road to the
down stream side of the railway so as to avoid wash-outs.
913
Station Yards and Junction Arrangements
(a) The location of stations and designs of station yards must be guided by the demands of traffic, which
provide the justification of the investment. The configuration of tracks at stations has important implications
for the line capacity of the section. This should be decided in consultation with the Traffic Department.
(b) The layout of yards at junction stations will need to be planned on the basis of forecast traffic on the
lines to different directions from the station.
(c) The requirements of drainage in the station yards should be assessed and planned as necessary.
914
Station Buildings and Residential Quarters
(a) The scale of facilities provided at various stations and any special architectural treatment that may be
needed in the case of important buildings should be indicated.
(b) Need for platforms for passengers and goods at all stations on the line will be assessed. This shall also
include platform shelters and passenger areas, and the need for foot over bridges.
(c) In the case of residential buildings the description of type of quarters, any planning required for
townships, provision of dispensaries, institutes, market places should be considered.
915
Station Machinery
The requirement of station machinery should be based on requirements as obtained from other relevant
railway departments, particularly Traffic, Commercial, Mechanical and Signaling. The station machinery
shall generally comprise of the following subgroups:
(a) Running sheds and workshop facilities;
(b) Traffic Facilities such as goods loading/unloading yards and/or container handling and storage facilities;
facilities needed for meeting demand of special goods traffic such as containers and bulk goods should be
considered in the context of traffic survey and forecast;
(c) Sand humps;
(d) Signaling and interlocking; and
(e) Others.
916
Project Organization
(a) The organizational structure required for execution of the project, the proposed headquarters of the
Project Manager and other construction staff, the administrative division of the construction activities may
be discussed in the survey reports.
(b) Health and hygienic conditions are as likely to affect the staff and the provision of necessary medical
establishment should be indicated.
- 16 -
(c) Suggested plans for providing housing for staff and labor, construction of temporary office buildings may
be outlined.
(d) Comments regarding the availability of water for construction purposes and also its suitability for the
drinking purposes may be given.
(e) Procurement of special plant and equipment of construction purposes and the final allocation of the cost
of such plants may be indicated.
917
Assistance from Civil Authorities
(a) The local civil authorities should be freely consulted by the Executive Engineer during the progress of
the survey operations, and their opinion should have due weight in determining the most profitable route to
be followed. They should be asked to use their influence, as far as practicable, to protect the bench-marks,
pegs and other railway marks from removal or injury.
(b) The views of the Civil District authorities should be ascertained with regard to the following:
(i) Whether roadways suitable for cart or foot-traffic are required on any bridge;
(ii) Headway and width of span in the case of all bridges over navigable rivers;
(iii) Correct spelling of all towns and villages included in the survey should be taken from
the Alphabetical List of Stations, the Gazetteer or, if not found in either, from the civil
authorities;
(iv) After completing the field work of a survey, the local district authorities should be
supplied with an Index Plan, and requested to supply data necessary for preparation of
estimates of the cost of land for the projected railway.
918
Notes on Local Resources
A good idea should be obtained of the natural resources in the area of influence of the proposed line,
especially for supplies of stone ballast, timber, clay for making bricks, aggregates and cement, which will be
required for the construction of the line, and will also provide sources of traffic after the line has been built.
919
Field Notes and Field Books
(a) All measurements and notes taken in the field should be neatly recorded in field books, which should be
the basis of all survey plans, drawings and reports prepared in connection with a survey. The plotting of
survey plans and drawings should, as far as possible, keep pace with the field work.
(b) During the survey, careful notes with dates should be made on the ground, from personal enquiry and
observation, regarding any information likely to be useful in working out the details of the projects,
undertaking the construction work, and in determining the prospects of the proposed line as a commercial
undertaking.
920
Survey for Provision of Additional Lines
(a) In carrying out the survey for provision of additional line (alongside the existing track) for the
enhancement of capacity along the railway route, the aspects detailed in the paragraphs below should be
covered.
(b) The survey should thoroughly review the status of existing infrastructure and operational procedures, in
what respects these are inadequate and duly considering what additional measures are called for.
(c) The projected line should be laid parallel to and on either side of the existing line duly considering the
following:
- 17 -
(i)
Location of communication lines along the existing track;
(ii)
Location of existing station buildings, platforms and other goods facilities; and
(iii) Possibility of construction of new bridges with least interference to traffic on the
existing line.
(d) In sections where there are pronounced directional movements of empty and loaded traffic, the
possibilities of running heavier train loads with multi-engine operations and its effect on the existing bridge
structures should be taken into account.
(e) Existing bridges should be extended wherever possible with tracks to the same track centers over the
bridge portion as on approaches thereby avoiding reverse curves in the alignment of the new track.
(f) The degree of curvature to be adopted on the new line should suit the projected speed corresponding to
the category of line. At locations where the new alignment is being located on the outside of existing curves
which are sharper than the limiting degree of curvature compatible with the projected speed of the line, the
new line may have to be located further away to avoid infringements, which will involve additional cost
unless the existing curves are also realigned before the construction of new line.
921
Surveys for Gauge Conversion and Dual Gauge Projects
(1) Choosing Gauge Conversion or Dual Gauge

(a) Generally speaking, construction of dual gauge (meter gauge plus broad gauge) is at least 50 percent
more costly compared with the cost of broad gauge alone at the time of gauge conversion. This is because
of the high cost of complex station and yard arrangements which have to be done anew for both gauges.
There is additional cost in laying dual gauge (in a three rail configuration) on the main line track because of
the need to have permanent way materials compatible for broad gauge and meter gauge, even when the
renewal of the meter gauge track is not justified on condition basis.
(b) It is recognized that conversion from meter gauge to broad gauge generally increases the transportation
capacity by a factor of two at the minimum, subject to there being no specific constraints. Therefore the
need for dual gauge should arise in very special circumstances when it is necessary to retain the existing
meter gauge links to particular regions. Even in such cases it may be more economic to convert tracks
completely to broad gauge rather than pursue extension of dual gauge lines. It is important that the
decision is based on economic rationale.
(c) In carrying out gauge conversion surveys, the objective should be to use the existing assets including
formation, bridges, buildings, signaling and permanent way as far as possible and with strengthening if
necessary. A decision on this matter will depend on the standard of construction proposed for the new
gauge line. During the surveys for gauge conversion projects, the aspects mentioned in the paragraphs
below will require attention.
(2) Alignment
(a) In deciding the alignment of the proposed gauge a decision will first have to be taken whether the
retention of the link of the existing gauge in addition to the new gauge is essential on operational
considerations. The link may be maintained either by having mixed gauge on that section or independent
parallel lines of the new gauge.
(b) In sections where the old gauge is not to be retained, the following alternatives are available for
investigation:
(i)
Plain Conversion: In this case the center line of the existing gauge and the proposed
gauge are the same. This procedure is to be normally followed within the constraints of
grade and the degree of curvature in the design standards.
- 18 -
(ii)
Marginally Shifted Alignment: In this case the centre line of the proposed gauge is
shifted marginally to take some advantage e. g., to use existing platforms or to avoid
difficulty in executing earth work like widening of long cutting so that widening is done on
one side.
(iii) Parallel Alignment: In this case the alignment of the proposed gauge is located at a
distance from the existing alignment. Advantage in following this method is that all work can
be carried out without interfering with the existing track. If there is considerable difference in
the rail levels between existing and proposed tracks or if a large number of bridges require
reconstruction then the adoption of this method requires consideration.
(iv) Diversion: The new gauge line may follow a new proposed alignment away from the
existing alignment for long lengths. This method is adopted in the case of hilly sections,
when the existing track has sharp curves and steep gradients that would not conform to the
standard of the new line. This method may also be followed for repairing existing bridges.
(3) Realignment of Curves
In case the new gauge is to be designed for higher speed of operation, longer transition curves will be
needed, which will cause a shift of the entire curve, which should be kept in view. There may be sharp
curves in the existing alignment and the question of retaining some of these curves with speed restrictions
should be considered by comparing the cost versus the benefits in operation.
(4) Station Yards
Station yards can be the most difficult and contentious items of work in gauge conversion projects
particularly for providing dual gauge. The existing yard plans should not be relied upon but should be taken
as a starting point. Field survey must validate all the yard connections and layouts with complete
dimensions.
922
Signaling and Telecommunications
(a) Signaling
(i)
The technical information and cost estimates for the section should be provided by
the Signaling and Telecommunications Department.
(ii)
The survey will include assessments with respect to the signaling arrangements
envisaged. Typically, since 1999, old mechanical, electro-mechanical and relay based
signaling systems have been replaced with computer-based signaling systems on the main
routes of the railway.
(iii) In view of the fact that new technologies are being introduced, the related issues of
technology transfer and training of staff should be discussed and specific requirements
determined.
(b) Telecommunications
(i)
The existing situation should be reviewed and constraints, if any, indicated.
(ii)
The telecommunications system should meet the requirements of the proposed
signaling system, block communication system, interlocking of level crossing gates for the
sake of rail-road safety, and train control.
(iii) In case surplus capacity is available in any segment of the telecommunications, the
potential for non-rail revenue from leasing the telecommunications backbone should be
investigated.
- 19 -
923
Locomotives and Rolling Stock
(a) The technical information and cost estimates for this section should be provided by the Mechanical
Department.
(b) The existing fleet of locomotives and rolling stock, availability and utilization thereof, shortfall if any, and
maintenance capabilities should be reviewed.
(c) The requirements of locomotives and rolling stock for the project should be assessed, together with the
maintenance facilities needed.
(d) The costs of the additional assets and facilities should be determined.
(e) The procurement strategy and the implementation schedule should be determined.
924
Project Report
(a) Based on the results of investigations made during the final location survey and the follow up analysis a
detailed Project Report should be prepared. The Project Report should be organized in the following main
sections supported by supplementary data and analysis which may be placed in the Appendix section of
the Report:
(i)
Introduction;
(ii)
Traffic Projection;
(iii)
Analysis of Alternatives;
(iv)
Characteristics of Project Area;
(v)
Standards of Construction (for new lines, multiple tracking schemes, gauge
conversions);
(vi)
Route Selection/Project Description;
(vii) Project Engineering (for new lines, multiple tracking schemes and gauge
conversions);
(viii) Estimated Cost, Lessons learnt from past projects of similar nature and measures
taken to address these; and Phasing and Investment Schedules;
(ix)
Resettlement, Environment, Participation of women and Poverty Reduction;
(x)
Financial and Economic Evaluation;
(xi)
Recommendation(s); and
(xii)
Appendixes.
(b) The contents of the Project Report as suggested above are indicative, and may be modified or
expanded considering various project-specific aspects and the requirements of the project proponents as
outlined in the terms of reference for the survey. The coverage of paragraphs (i) to (vii) will depend on the
results of the investigations done under the study.
(c) Resettlement, Environment and Poverty Reduction effects
- 20 -
(i)
Resettlement: This section should indicate whether the
rehabilitation/resettlement, and its impacts and mitigation measures.
project
involves
(ii)
The environment section should examine the impacts of the project on the
environment during construction and operation, and give the detailed mitigation measures
and the monitoring mechanism.
(iii) The employment and poverty reduction impacts of the project should be considered;
it should be indicated if there are specific linkages with the poverty reduction strategy and
Millennium Development Goals of the Government.
(d) Financial and Economic Analyses
(i)
The financial and economic analyses for the project should be undertaken. Both
types of analysis have the same objective to assess whether the proposed investment
project is viable. A project is economically viable if it is financially sustainable and
economically efficient. If a project is not financially sustainable, economic benefits will not
be realized.
(ii)
In financial analysis, all expenditures incurred under the project and revenues
resulting from it are taken into account. This analysis should assess the adequacy of
revenues and the degree to which the project will generate revenues sufficient to meet its
financial obligations.
(iii) The economic analysis should examine the effect of the project on the national
economy, as a whole. Economic analysis should assess the overall impact of the project on
improving the economic welfare of the people of the country. This assessment should be
done in the context of the national economy as a whole.
(e) Project Implementation
This section should give the organization for the implementation of the project and issues relating to
sustainability, governance, steering committee for overall supervision and project implementation
committee. Risks during implementation and operation should be identified and mitigation measures given.
(f) Aided Projects
In the case of aided development projects the contents of the project report will also need to conform to the
requirements of project investigations agreed to between the Government and the foreign financial
institution or country which has agreed to assist in the financing for the project. This is an important matter
which will significantly influence the scope of investigations under the project and the coverage of the
Project Report. Generally speaking, the areas emphasized by foreign financing entities relate to crosscutting issues relevant to the project and the people impacted by the project. These include environmental
impacts, social considerations, resettlement and compensation of project-affected persons, impacts to
poverty reduction and beneficiary consultation and participation.
- 21 -
Annex 904(2)
Rules to Enter and Inspect Immovable Property
(Excerpts of the Acquisition and Requisition of Immovable Property Ordinance 1982, Sections 37(1), 37(2) and 38 the
paragraph numbers are the same as the Sections of the original Ordinance)
Section 37. Power to enter and inspect
(1) With a view to acquiring or requisitioning any property or determining the compensation payable in respect thereof
or securing compliance with an order made under this Ordinance, the Deputy Commissioner or any officer, generally or
Specially authorized by the Deputy Commissioner in this behalf, and any of the assistants and workmen may:
(a) enter upon and survey and take levels of any property;
(b) inspect any property or anything therein;
(c) measure and set out the boundaries and prepare a plan of any property and the intended line of the work, if any,
proposed to be made thereon;
(d) mark such levels, boundaries and line by placing marks and cutting trenches, and , where otherwise the survey
cannot be completed and the levels taken and the boundaries and line marked, cut down and clear away any part of
any standing crop, tree or jungle:
Provided that no person shall enter upon any property without the consent of the occupier thereof unless at least
twenty-four hours pervious notice in writing of his intention to do so has been given.
(2) The Deputy Commissioner or the officer authorized by him under sub-section (1), shall, at the time of entry upon
any property, pay or tender for all necessary damage to be done to such property, and , in case of dispute as to the
sufficiency of the amount so paid or tendered, the decision of the Deputy Commissioner shall be final.
Section 38. Power to obtain information
With a view to acquiring or requisitioning any property or determining the compensation payable in respect thereof, the
Deputy Commissioner, may, by order in writing, require any person to furnish to such officer or authority, as may be
specified, information relating to any property which is acquired or requisitioned, or intended to be acquired or
requisitioned, under this Ordinance.
- 22 -
CHAPTER X
PREPARATION OF COST ESTIMATES
1001
General
(a) Cost estimate is the tool to manage the execution of a work or project within the approved funding limits.
(b) The critical review of any bid depends on the reliability of the estimate it is being compared to.
Therefore, it is imperative that sufficient attention is devoted to preparation of estimates. Under-estimating
causes project delay while additional funding has to be arranged to meet the contract costs. On the other
hand, over-estimating causes inefficient use of funds that could be used for other projects.
(c) The cost estimate serves as the benchmark for analyzing bids and is an essential element in the project
approval process.
(d) Review and control of cost estimates helps to ensure funds are adequately programmed, authorized,
and appropriated in all phases of the work or project.
1002
Cost Estimate and Procurement Plan
(a) The estimated cost as approved by the competent railway authority under the Schedule of Powers,
figures prominently in the procurement, planning and selection of procurement methods for the project.
(b) The preparation of a procurement plan (which includes all goods, works and services to be procured) is
mandatory for all works or projects. The procurement plan shall be separately prepared for development
projects and those using revenue budget In this regards reference should be made to Rule 15 of the Public
Procurement Rules 2008 (PPR 2008).
(c) Prior to the preparation of a procurement plan, Divisional Engineer/Executive Engineer shall, with
approval of the competent authority, decide on splitting up a single procurement object into more than one
packages and the applicability of the procurement methods by carefully reviewing the proposed
procurement activities and issues.
(d) For procurement under a development project, a total procurement plan shall be prepared for the entire
project period in the formats prescribed by the government from time to time. This shall be attached to the
Development Project Proposal (DPP) as per the guidelines of the Planning Commission, for processing the
governments final approval of the project. The total procurement plan and the cost estimates shall be
updated at the beginning of each financial year, on an annual basis and in a rational manner having regard
to, among other things, the expected flow of funds. The format stipulated for DPP is at Annex 1002(d).
1003
Policy for Preparing Cost Estimates
(a) Cost estimates are to be prepared according to the budget allocation. The Annual Procurement Plan
(APP) to be prepared in connection with the preparation, processing and approval of projects for inclusion
in the Annual Development Programme shall inter alia take in to account the estimated cost of the project
as approved by the competent authority.
Note: For preparation of the Annual Procurement Plan reference should be made to Ministry of Planning
Notification No. PABI/NEC/Coordination-2/Notification/29/2007/48 dated 29th May 2008. which lays down the procedure
for processing, approval and amendment of Development Projects in the Public Sector an; and to the Public
Procurement Rules 2008.
(b) Cost estimates should be developed as to reflect total project costs. It should also include life cycle cost
analysis of the project, which has a direct impact on the financial resources. Life cycle cost analysis should
be conducted on selected features of projects requiring periodic maintenance to assure that design
selection decisions give consideration to total life cycle economy (i.e., to total cost of ownership). The
features should be selected in accordance with economic good sense.
- 23 -
Note: Life-cycle cost analysis (LCCA) is a method for assessing the total cost of facility ownership. It takes
into account all costs of acquiring, owning, and disposing of a wotk or project. LCCA is especially useful
when project alternatives that fulfill the same performance requirements, but differ with respect to initial
costs and operating costs, have to be compared in order to select the one that maximizes net savings.
Lowest life-cycle cost (LCC) is the most straightforward and easy-to-interpret measure of economic
evaluation.
(c) The cost estimates should include design assumptions and the proposed construction processes so that
future design changes or construction modifications can be analyzed for cost impacts.
(d) The basis for cost estimates must be thoroughly explained and address specific issues such as design
assumptions and site conditions.
(e) Cost estimates shall be prepared in a professional manner in accordance with the work breakdown
structure as described in specific cost engineering requirements stipulated by the railway administration
and the government.
1004
Form, Title and Registration of Estimates
(a) All cost estimates for works shall be prepared in accordance with form stipulated by the railway
administration. Sub-works, if any, shall be shown separately with their totals in the allocation columns. The
estimated cost and allocation thereof should be in sufficient detail to enable preparation of the Development
Project Proposal as stipulated by the Planning Commission.
Note: Reference should be made to Ministry of Planning Notification No. PABI/NEC/Coordination2/Notification/29/2007/48 dated 29th May 2008. which lays down the procedure for processing, approval
and amendment of Development Projects in the Public Sector).
(b) The title name of an estimate must be clear, distinctive and brief. Title name of estimate once approved
must not be changed.
(c) All estimates and plans must be registered in the office of the Divisional Engineer. Similar action is to be
taken in Chief Engineer's Office for plans and estimates requiring sanction of higher authorities.
(d) All estimates should give the original reference of approval accorded by Railway Division or other
approving authority at a conspicuous place on the front page. The Divisional Engineer's registration number
and main plan number should be given.
1005
Important Criteria for Preparing Estimates
(1) Estimates not to be prepared in piecemeal

Estimates forming part of a comprehensive project are not to be submitted piecemeal. The cost of each
independent work should be shown as a subsidiary estimate, whilst a General Abstract, which includes all
subsidiary estimates, will serve to show the total cost of the project.
(2) Grouping of similar works
As a rule, similar works, whether at the same station or at several stations required at the same time, and
works not of a similar kind but interdependent and connected by the same general idea as for instance.
Additional accommodation and improvements of a yard required at a station owing to the increase of traffic,
or additional signaling arrangements required at the same time at a number of stations or additional timbers
at bridges where the cost of each bridge may be small but in the aggregate amount to a large sum, should
be grouped together in one consolidated estimate for the entire scheme, however small may be the
estimated cost of each individual work, and the estimate so framed should be submitted for sanction to the
authority competent to deal with the aggregate cost of the scheme.
- 24 -
(3) Alternative estimates

Where alternative proposals are made, separate estimates should be prepared for each, together with a
General Abstract showing in tabular form, the comparative cost of the various alternatives. The alternative
estimates need only be rough approximations in the first instance.
(4) Project involving extensive alterations
In the case of projects for extensive alterations to stations yards, important buildings or other large works,
before getting out the detailed estimate, rough pencil plans and a draft report explaining the proposals
should first be submitted to the Chief Engineer for the approval of the head of department concerned.
(5) Tools and Plant
The cost of special tools and plant must, when necessary, be provided for in the estimate.
1006
Preparation of Estimates
(1) Development of Cost Estimates

(a) The cost estimate shall be developed using the latest required and approved work breakdown structure
as stipulated by the railway administration. The project cost estimate shall be composed of all costs to
complete the project regardless of funding source or funds type. As for example, A project estimate of a
new line should provide for the building and equipment of the railway up to a standard that will be sufficient
for working such traffic as may be expected.
(b) All cost estimates should be developed as accurately as possible and be based upon the latest
available information. It shall be prepared on the basis of calculated quantities and unit prices
commensurate with the degree of detail in design. The cost estimate will, in all aspects, represent the fair
and reasonable cost to the proponent. In particular the following should be ensured:
(i)
Quantities. The methodology adopted in the computation of quantities for earthwork,
bridges and protection works, track and buildings should be explained in the estimate.
(ii)
Rates. The rates of engineering items should be based on the Schedule of Rates
and the applicable percentage approved by the railway administration is to be worked to as
far as possible.
(iii)
The item not covered by Schedule of Rates should be based on reasonable market
rate. Reasons for any higher rate(s) in an estimate must be clearly explained in the project
report. For such items an analysis should be submitted along with the estimate based on
standard analysis. The official cost estimate should be kept updated in accordance with
Rule 16 of Public Procurement Rules 2008.
(c) Sub-Estimates for Equipment and Facilities: The project estimate should be complete in all respects and
should include the estimated costs of all facilities and equipment for the project to be provided by
departments other than Civil Engineering such as Traffic, Electrical, Signaling and Telecommunications and
Mechanical departments as relevant. The procedure shall be as follows:
(i)
The Divisional Engineer preparing the estimate should provide the project related
information and the proposed plans to his counterparts in other departments so that they
are able to frame the sub-estimates for their respective portions of work. The Divisional
Engineer should incorporate these as sub-estimates in the project estimate, and a General
Abstract, which includes all sub-estimates should show the total cost of the project.
(ii)
The estimate for the junction arrangements to be made in existing yards should be
obtained from the concerned open line administration, and a separate sub-estimate of the
cost of additions and alterations necessary for affecting the junction arrangements should
be included in the project estimate.
- 25 -
(iii)
The project estimate should include provision for medical facilities during
construction and for permanent staff quarters and buildings for medical staff and security
agencies as necessary.
(d) Cost risk analysis: Project cost estimates shall include cost risk analysis to cover unknown conditions or
uncertainties on work elements that will impact cost of construction.
(e) Contingencies. Cost estimates should be developed with appropriate contingencies based on cost, level
of detail, and cost risk analysis. These contingencies are allowances to cover unknowns, uncertainties,
and/or unanticipated conditions that are not possible to adequately evaluate from the data on hand at the
time the cost estimate is prepared. Contingencies will be subject to regulatory limits as stipulated in Ministry
of Planning Notification No. PABI/NEC/Coordination-2/Notification/29/2007/48 dated 29th May 2008, which
lays down the procedure for processing, approval and amendment of development projects in the public
sector.
(2) Project Report
(a) Every estimate must be accompanied by a brief report that provides a clear description of the nature of
the work along with necessary technical and financial justification. The brief description of the work should
be self-contained and understandable prima facie without even referring to the details or drawings. The
salient technical details and drawings should be referred to in one paragraph of the report. The project
report should cover, adequately, the subjects and details to be provided in the Development Project
Proposal to be submitted to the government. Specifically the project report will include but not be limited to
the following:
(i)
Nature of work: Detailing what is proposed to be done with description;
(ii)
Technical justification: Giving the present status and shortcomings and how these
are proposed to be mitigated or remedied under the project;
(iii)
Financial and economic justification: Giving the anticipated financial rate of return
and the economic rate of return in accordance with the guidelines of the government. Both
rates of return must meet the threshold set forth by the government (see paragraph 1012);
(iv)
Completion date: The probable date of completion of the work/project. In case of
delays, the extension of time to complete the work or project shall be processed and
approved in accordance with the regulation of the railway administration and guidelines
stipulated under the governments notification referred to in paragraph (1)(e) above;
(v)
Funding: Whether provision has been made in the Development/Revenue Budget.
(b) Technical details: The technical details shall include the following:
(i)
In alterations/remodelling affecting station yards, the total length of new sidings to be
provided;
(ii)
In the case of buildings/structures constructed to an approved standard type, any
variations from the type necessitated by local conditions such as higher plinth, deeper
foundations and others;
(iii)
In the case of structures which depart from approved standard type, the reference to
drawings (if applicable). The specification and other important information related to
structures;
(iv)
For platforms the length, height and description of platform wall, width and kind of
paving;
(v)
In the case of staff quarters which are usually constructed on program basis, the
justification should give clearly the number of staff quarters of the category available and
- 26 -
the type and numbers falling short. Where possible demand and justification should be
obtained from the department concerned.
(3) Drawings to be part of Estimates
(a) Sufficiently detailed drawings to illustrate the work covered by an estimate must be submitted with the
estimate and a reference be made on the front page of the estimate to the numbers and titles of the
accompanying drawings.
Note: When the work it to be carried out in accordance with a sanctioned type drawing the same need not
be submitted with the estimate. It is sufficient to state in the project report or the estimate the distinguishing
number or the type to be adopted. However, site plans and/or drawings of drainage schemes should be
submitted.
(b) Estimates for new buildings are to be accompanied by a site plan showing the exact position of the
proposed structure with reference to the center line, kilometer and adjacent structures. The north point
should invariably be shown, as also the direction of the prevailing winds during the summer months. All the
site plans must bear the following certificate over the signature of the Assistant Executive Engineer in
charge in the right hand bottom corner: Site inspected and checked by me personally on the spot.
(4) Sanction of Estimates
(a) The estimate prepared as above should be got approved by the competent authority as enjoined in the
relevant financial power in the Schedule of Powers approved by the railway administration.
(b) This Schedule of Powers also includes powers for the sanction of agreements and other administrative
actions under works contracts by railway officials at various levels, including General Manager, Chief
Engineer/Additional Chief Engineer, Engineer in Chief/Project Director Divisional Railway Manager and
Divisional Engineers/Executive Engineers.
(c) The Divisional Engineer is not to commence a work in anticipation of sanction of the estimate, except
when there is an emergent situation.
(d) In emergencies, the procurement of goods and services by direct contracts may be resorted to, in
accordance with Rules 69 to 77 of the Public Procurement Rules 2008 (PPR 2008), provided that the
estimated value of such procurement shall not exceed the threshold separately specified for revenue and
development budget in Schedule II of the aforesaid rules.
(e) The authority granted by a sanction to on estimate must, on all occasions, be looked upon
as strictly limited by the precise work which the estimate was intended to provide. Any savings on
a sanctioned estimate should not without special authorization be applied to carry out additional
work not contemplated in the original project.
(5) Safeguarding Estimates
The approved and sanctioned estimate shall be kept in sealed cover under safe custody. Tender committee
while finalizing tender will open the sealed cover estimate. After the conclusion of negotiations access to
the estimate and its contents should be limited to those persons whose duties require knowledge of the
estimate.
1007
Estimates for Track Relaying
(a) Track relaying works should be clubbed based on the program approved by Chief Engineer/Engineer in
Chief/Project Director. Cases may occasionally arise of small individual works and these should be referred
to the Chief Engineer for instructions as and when necessary.
(b) When estimates for track relaying are prepared, provision must be made for various items of the work
which are required to be carried out. These should include the full requirement of permanent way materials
- 27 -
to complete the relaying work such as rails, sleepers and fastenings, ballast, welding of rails, switches and
crossings and others, as required.
(c) Should the relaying take place through interlocked points or over a track circuited portion of the line, the
Divisional Signal Engineer must be informed so as to give sub-estimate for the cost of signaling work,
which must be incorporated in the relaying estimate, and also to make arrangements for the work to be
done.
(d) The rate analysis for executing track work should take consideration that the work of relaying would be
executed under traffic conditions, which require appropriate work procedures for ensuring the safety of
trains.
(e) The rates of items of permanent way materials to be used on works chargeable to other departments or
private bodies should be given as known, adding supervision charges with the proviso that the rates will be
subject to adjustment from time to time depending on the variations and fluctuation of the rates.
1008
Estimates for Works Charged to Capital, Depreciation Reserve Fund and Special Fund
(a) Divisional officer of a department requiring a work will prepare a note giving an accurate description of
what is needed with reasons in support of his requirements. This note will be sent to the Divisional
Engineer, who will prepare and send to the requiring Divisional Officer sketches or site plans together with
the approximate cost.
(b) Upon receipt of the site plan and approximate cost, the requiring Divisional Officer will prepare .a
detailed specification of what is needed. The specification must show the amount of accommodation and
facilities required.
(c) In cases where the main estimate pertains to other railway departments, detailed estimate and plans of
the same will be prepared by the department concerned who shall ask for the sub-estimate and drawing for
the Civil Engineering portion of work from the Divisional Engineer concerned for incorporation in their main
estimate.
(d) On getting administrative approval of the work, the cost estimate for the work shall be prepared.
(e) Chief Engineer/Engineer in Chief/Project Director on receipt of detailed estimates and drawings shall
get the drawings countersigned by the head of the requiring department.
Note: It is the responsibility of the head of a requiring department to see that the drawings are sufficient to
define fully the scope of the work when considered with the specifications because once signed they
become the accepted drawings
(f) In the case of quarters for supervisors and non-gazetted staff, the following guidelines should be
observed:
(i)
The quarters should be of approved standard type;
(ii)
The site plans of the quarters are to be signed by Divisional Officers concerned
before submission to Chief Engineer/Engineer in Chief/Project Director, who in turn will
secure signature of corresponding heads of the departments;
(iii)
The rent statements should be prepared and submitted along with detailed
estimates.
(g) New Works: In the case of new works or minor works i.e., works which do not fall in Capital or
Depreciation Reserve Fund or Revenue and are valued up to Taka 500,000, the procedure to be adopted is
detailed in Annex 1008(g).
- 28 -
1009
Special procedure for Yard Remodeling Schemes
(a) Proposals of remodeling schemes may originate at the divisional or headquarters levels. The requiring
department will prepare a general statement showing why remodeling is necessary giving the additional
operating expenses incurred due to lack of facilities in the existing yard and the increased traffic volume
that would be possible. The originating officer will also prepare sketches showing the proposal and
approximate cost.
(b) In case the head of requiring department considers the scheme justified, the proposal should be
submitted to the General Manager for approval, and for including the proposed project in the railways list of
development projects. Where necessary the general guidelines and requirements to be observed for
preparing the design of the new facilities should be given. If and when approved, the General Manager will
then forward the papers to the executing department duly informing the head of requiring department.
(c) The head of requiring department will convene a committee of concerned divisional officers to consider
the design of the remodeling scheme. The senior-most Divisional Officer will be president of this
Committee. The Committee will prepare a report outlining the following:
(i)
The background and need for remodeling;
(ii)
Provide a catechism for remodeling, in question and answer form, complete with all
details as per the format given in Annex 1009(c)(ii);
(iii)
Working drawings and detailed estimate will not be prepared until the proposal has
been approved by the competent authority. The plan may be diagrammatic and should
preferably be on a small scale. If it is easier to prepare from a large scale survey, it should
be accompanied by a small scale diagram on which the capacity and purpose of the various
lines should be shown. Arrangements for lighting and other facilities required in the yard
should also be shown;
(iv)
Financial and economic justification for the envisaged investment should be
provided in accordance with the guidelines of the government;
(v)
A note should describe how the yard will be worked and wagons and rakes will be
provided. In this note, reference shall be made to the diagram or small scale drawing on
which suitable letters or number references should be given;
(vi)
The phase, if any, into which the work is to be divided, and the extent of work to be
carried out in each phase should be given.
(d) The Divisional Signal Engineer will ascertain the movements for which signaling will be required and
prepare a preliminary statement of signaling requirements and will give approximate cost for including in
estimate. This statement will be forwarded to the Chief Signal and Telecommunications Engineer with
notes and sketch for his review and remarks. On receipt of instructions from the Chief Signal and
Telecommunications Engineer(CSTE), the Divisional Signal and Telecommunications Engineer will prepare
a specification of signaling requirements, which after approval of the Chief Signal and Telecommunications
Engineer will be sent for inclusion in the Committee's report. Final minutes of the Committee meeting will
not be issued until the signaling specification has been incorporated.
(e)The original report of the Committee will be sent by the President of the Committee to the head of
requiring department, who will forward it with his remarks to the Chief Engineer/Engineer in Chief/Project
Director The Chief Engineer/Engineer in Chief/Project Director after scrutiny will forward with remarks to the
General Manager; copies shall be sent to all concerned heads of departments. The General Manager will, if
necessary, arrange for a meeting of heads of departments to consider and approve the final scheme.
- 29 -
1010
Establishment Charge
The provision for adequate establishment charges should be made in estimates in the following cases:
(a) Large and important development works where extra special supervision is necessary, as for example
construction of a new major bridge.
(b) In special cases of large and important revenue and development projects, when the work in beyond the
capacity of the permanent works establishment, provision may be kept in the estimate for necessary
establishment charges.
(c) When on account of the extent of development works in hand on any section it would be desirable to
strengthen the works establishment to ensure thorough supervision.
Notes: (1) In the case of works for other government departments where heavy supervision charges are
levied, extra establishment should not be provided for in the estimate, but the same should be sanctioned
from revenue after the supervision charges have been deposited by that department. (2) In all such cases
full details of the establishment required should be given with detailed justification, which will thus be helpful
at the time such posts are to be created.
1011
Cash and Stores Outlay
The total cost of each item must be split up and shown under cash and stores separately. Cash portion will
indicate the amount that is expected to be spent for labor and contractors' bills, i.e., cash items. Under
stores to be purchased will be given the probable cost of all stores which are not available in the railway
stores depot and which must be purchased by the Controller of Stores or obtained from a department
outside the railway; and the amount under stores in stock will give the cost of all stores that will be
obtained from the railway stores depot or are held on the railway surplus stores list. When the totals of
these columns are transferred to the front page, the total for stores to be purchased will be included under
cash and only the value of stores in stock will be shown under stores.
1012
Financial and Economic Justification
(a) The governments guidelines for the submission of Development Project Proposal (see Annex 1002(d))
require that financial and economic analyses should be undertaken for projects. Both types of analysis
have the same objective-to assess whether the proposed investment is viable. However, the concept of
financial viability is not the same as economic viability. The financial analysis of a project examines the
adequacy of returns to the project-operating entity and to the project participants, whereas economic
analysis measures the effect of the project on the national economy, as a whole.
(b) For a project to be economically viable, it must be financially sustainable, as well as economically
efficient. If a project is not financially sustainable, economic benefits will not be realized. Financial analysis
and economic analysis are therefore complementary.
(c) While both types of analysis are conducted in monetary terms, the major difference lies in the definition
of costs and benefits. In financial analysis, all expenditures incurred under the project and revenues
resulting from it are taken into account. This form of analysis is necessary to assess the degree at which a
project will generate revenues sufficient to meet its financial obligations, including maintenance,
depreciation and other working expenses. Economic analysis attempts to assess the overall impact of a
project on improving the economic welfare of the citizens of the country. It assesses a project in the context
of the national economy, rather than for the railway as the project entity that implements the project.
(d) A project is considered justified if it meets the thresholds for financial and economic rates of return as
stipulated by the railway administration and government.
(e) It is imperative that railway projects are justified in the financially unless it can be shown that the saving
to be effected or the increased earnings expected will give a net return more than the threshold stipulated
by the government.
- 30 -
(f) It is necessary to work strictly to estimates and plans as approved. Financial justifications are based on
these estimates and plans and any excess may cause the justification to be rendered illusory. Subsequent
demands for additions and alterations can only be accepted against additional savings that can be
identified.
1013
Buildings for Government Railway Police
No work for Government Railway Police should be taken up until the government or Inspector-General of
Police have communicated acceptance to the rent charge. The countersignature of the
Superintendent, Railway Police, indicates approval of the type plan, accommodation and estimate
and does not authorize the carrying out of the work.
1014
Changes in Cost Estimates
(a) All cost changes to the estimate must be explained and properly documented in the estimate. The
prompt reporting of cost changes is imperative, as this will have a direct impact on the successful
accomplishment of the work or project.
(b) Divisional Engineer should apprise the Chief Engineer of all excesses or the probability of
excesses in the cost of any sub-work or of any individual work comprising a project or work. This is
particularly so in case the excess is more than the threshold stipulated by the railway
administration and the government. The Chief Engineer shall decide further course of action in
the light of provisions in the Public Procurement Rules 2008, as amended from time to time.
1015
Revised Estimates
(a) Generally any sort of revision of estimate or project is to be discouraged as per the guidelines of the
government stipulated vide Ministry of Planning Notification No. PABI/NEC/Coordination2/Notification/29/2007/48 dated 29th May 2008 which gives the procedure for processing, approval and
amendment of Development Projects in the Public Sector.
(b) Revision of approved project may only be accepted when sufficient and genuine cause for
increase/decrease of project expenditure, increase/decrease of work volume, inclusion of new item, and
case of change of purpose of project is observed. No project will be revised more than two times. Such
revisions will be considered provided the total financial expenditure of second revision and first revision of
the project is within 20 percent of original cost estimate.
1016
Supplementary Estimate
(a) A supplementary estimate should be prepared for any item of work, which ought to have been included
in the first instance in an estimate already sanctioned but has not been so included, or which it is found
later, should be considered as being a part or a phase of an estimate already prepared and sanctioned, if it
cannot be met out of contingencies.
(b) A supplementary estimate should be prepared in the same form and to the same degree of detail as the
main estimate, and must be accompanied by a full report of the circumstances which render it necessary
and for all purposes be treated as a part of the main estimate. The abstract must show the amount of the
original estimate and the total of the sanction required including the supplementary amount.
1017
Deposit Works
(a) When work is undertaken by the Civil Engineering department for the public (including an employee of
the railway), private party or other government department, a charge of 12.5 percent on the total cost of the
work (cash and stores), including the cost of land, should be levied for establishment supervision. This
percentage will be held to cover the cost of tools and plant, except in special cases where it can be shown
that expenditure on tools and plant amounts to more than 2.5 percent of the total cost, when the case will
be dealt with on its individual merit.
- 31 -
Notes: (1) The rule above applies to private siding constructed by the railway, but in the case of such works
the Railway Division (Ministry of Communications) may reduce this charge either in general or in specific
cases provided that the charge levied shall not be less than the cost to the railway of the extra
establishment employed by railway in each case. (2) All freight charges levied on stores and materials
should be based on public tariff rates and not at the concessional rates applicable to railway material.
(b) The following conditions must be fulfilled before any deposit work can be started:
(i)
Administrative sanction must have been accorded by the competent authority;
(ii)
Technical approval to the detailed estimate must have been accorded; and
(iii)
Funds must have been allotted or deposited, as the case may be, including
establishment charges where required, besides the acceptance of maintenance charges
where required.
(c) The railway will levy supervision charges at the rate of 12.5 percent on all new works and an annual
charge of 2.5 percent of the original cost of the work to cover the cost of maintenance.
(d) The railway will exercise the same oversight with regard to the possibility of cost excess as are taken in
the case of estimates for railway works.
1018
Rates of Permanent Way Materials
The rates of permanent way materials required to be used on works chargeable to other departments or
private parties should be given as known adding supervision charges, with the proviso that the rates will be
subject to adjustment depending on the variations in actual prices.
1019
Incidence of Cost of Road Over-bridges and Under-bridges
(a) Under Section 14 of the Railways Act 1890, the provision of such level-crossings, over-bridges or
under-bridges as may be required to make good the interruptions caused by the construction of a railway to
the use of lands through which the railway is made, is an obligation on the Railway Administration at the
time of construction. These accommodation works are in effect prescribed by the Government when
sanctioning a project, the requirements of the road authorities being presumed to have been given full
consideration before the project is sanctioned. This exemption from liability of the road authority to
contribute to the cost of such accommodation works extends for a period of 10 years from the date on
which the railway is opened for public traffic. The following principles apply to the construction of overbridges, or under bridges which may be required after the expiration of the above statutory period of ten
years.
(b) In the case of a bridge, the construction or which is necessitated entirely by railway requirements, the
whole cost of the work will be borne by the Railway Administration. Similarly, in a case where the necessity
for a bridge arises entirely through the growth of road traffic or other requirements of a road authority, that
authority will be required to accept liability for the whole cost of the work, provided that in either case any
extra cost due to a additional work or length or other facilities required on account of probable future
developments, will be borne by railway or road authority requiring such facilities.
(c) Where it has been established that an over-bridge or under-bridge must be provided in place of a levelcrossing by reason of the growth of both railway and road traffic. The cost should be allocated as follows;
(i)
The railway shall bear the cost of the bridge structure (excluding approaches);
(ii)
The road authority shall bear the cost of the bridge and approaches as well as all
land required for the approaches outside railway limits; and
(iii)
The cost of diversion of all sewers, cables, gas and water mains within railway limits
will be borne by the railway and outside railway limits by the road authority.
- 32 -
(d) When an existing bridge is to be extended or widened or rebuilt on a new site, the cost should be
allocated as follows:
(i)
If the extension or re-location is required by the railway, the railway shall bear the
cost but the extra cost due to any increased width of roadway or additional approaches
required by the road authority will be borne by the road authority; and
(ii)
If the widening or relocation is required by the road authority, such authority will bear
the cost, but the extra cost due to any extension for additional tracks or other purposes of
the railway will be borne by the railway.
(e) The railway will undertake in consultation with the road authority, all work in connection with the
preparation of the necessary drawings and estimates, and will carry out all the work when estimate is
sanctioned by the competent authority and funds allotted.
(f) In every case where the road authority has to bear the whole or a portion of the cost of the work, the
road authority should be required before the commencement of the work to deposit with the railway, its
share of the cost and also they agree to take over the maintenance and lighting of the roadway of the
bridge and its approaches after its opening to public traffic. This requirement may, however, be relaxed
when the payments to the railway are to be made by a government department and expenditure as
incurred can be regularly adjusted through the exchange-accounts.
(g) After the work is completed, the roadway including the portion on the bridge itself and also the earth
approach banks, if outside railway limits, will be handed over to the road authority. The railway will maintain
at its own expense the bridge structure generally (excluding the roadway and will consult the road authority
before undertaking any repairs affecting the roadway. Similarly, the road authority will be required to
consult the railway before undertaking extensive repairs or taking any action likely to affect the ordinary
loading of the bridge structure.
1020
Provision of Roadways over large Railway Bridges
(a) The necessity for a roadway for other than railway traffic on each proposed new railway bridge shall be
decided on its merits. The incidence of the cost of providing roadway over large railway bridges for public
traffic shall be apportioned as follows:
(i)
For making an economic decision, the railway shall prepare estimates comparing the
cost of a normal railway bridge, with that of a railway bridge furnished with a railway fit for
all road traffic including road approaches within railway boundary;
(ii)
The cost of extra expenditure shall be borne by Public Works Department/local
government on whom falls the burden of the neighboring main roads;
(iii)
The cost of approaches to the roadways outside the railway boundary shall be borne
by Public Works Department/local government;
(iv)
The annual cost of maintenance of the non-railway part of the bridge shall be
defrayed by the railway administration, which may, however, recoup itself by the levy of
such tolls as may be sanctioned by proper authority. But whether such recoupment be
actually effected or not, the cost of maintenance is in every case to be borne by the railway,
even in circumstances where the levy of a toll is not possible. These orders apply equally to
the incidence of the cost of the maintenance of the non-railway part of the bridge, and which
should be completed to a standard that will not entail excessive charges for maintenance.
(b) The above rules apply equally to cases where existing bridges have to be renewed or largely altered, as
well as to new bridges. In all such cases it is necessary to ascertain the wishes of the local government in
this respect, whether the original bridge carried a roadway or not; and
(c) The General Manager in submitting the estimate for the work to the Railway Division, (Ministry of
Communications), will also report the approximate extra cost which would be involved if a roadway has to
- 33 -
be provided. Necessary enquiries will he made by the Railway Division (Ministry of Communications) and
the General Manager will be informed in due course.
Note: The principles laid down above apply equally to expenditure involved in the provision of foot-ways
over railway bridges.
1021
Allocation of Estimates
All estimates must be properly allocated to Capital and Revenue heads and sub-heads of accounts and
should include a proper allocation sheet. The rules governing the Allocation of Expenditure to Capital and
Revenue heads of accounts are detailed in the Bangladesh Railway General Code Volume II. The
guidelines for allocation of expenditure are summarized below.
(1) Capital
(a) Capital bears:
(i)
First cost of construction and equipment of the line;
(ii)
Cost of maintaining a section of the line not opened for working;
(iii)
Cost of any addition to the line or the equipment of the line when estimated to cost
more than Taka 25,000 except for temporary or experimental work;
(iv)
Any excess in the cost of replacing a work or article or equipment (except a
temporary or experimental work or a work originally estimated to cost Taka 1.000 or less)
over the cost at debit to Capital of the work or article replaced;
Note: If a temporary or experimental work is replaced by a permanent work the whole cost of the
permanent work is charged to Capital, if estimated to cost more than Taka 25,000.
(v)
The cost of any positions specifically created for the supervision or construction of a
work chargeable to Capital, and a proportionate share of the cost of any such positions
where the cost of work is chargeable partly to Capital and partly to the Depreciation
Reserve Fund or to Revenue; and
(vi)
Cost of land.
(b) Capital is credited with:

(i)
The difference between the cost at debit to capital of a replaced work or article and
the cost of replacement if less than the cost at debit to capital; and
(ii)
The cost at debit to capital of any work or article of equipment which is abandoned
or disposed of without being replaced.
(2) Depreciation Reserve Fund
(a) Depreciation Reserve Fund bears:
(i)
and
Original cost of assets when replaced under the categories given in Annex 1028(2);
(ii)
Credit to Capital under Rule (b), when a complete unit as described in clause (b)(i) is
abandoned or disposed of.
Note: The credit to capital is given when the unit is abandoned or disposed of.
- 34 -
(b) The depreciation reserve fund is credited annually with an amount equivalent to the total expenditure to
the end of the previous financial year on all the units of each class of asset as described in Rule 2(a)(i)
divided by the number of years assumed as the normal life of that class of asset (see Annex 1021(2)),
provided that no credit shall be given on account of any unit after the period assumed for its normal life has
expired. The effect of the rule prescribed in this paragraph is that when a unit is replaced or abandoned or
disposed of before the expiry of its assumed normal life, the credit on its account to the depreciation
reserve fund continues until the expiry of its assumed normal life. But in exceptional cases, where
replacements involving substantial amounts are undertaken many years before the expiry of the assumed
normal life of unit or units, a revision of the entries in the record of depreciation may be made so as to avoid
double payments into the depreciation reserve fund in respect of such units, both on the original cost of the
unit and on the cost of replacement. All such cases should be referred for the specific orders of the Railway
Division (Ministry of Communications).
(c) No credits or debits should be made to the depreciation reserve fund on account of temporary or
experimental works or additions costing Taka 25,000 or less
(3) Revenue
(a) Revenue bears all others, including:
(i) Cost of temporary and experimental works;
(ii) Cost of any addition to the line or the equipment of the line, when estimated to cost not
more than Taka 25,000.
(iii) Such portion of the cost of any staff positions specifically created for the supervision of
construction work chargeable partly to the Depreciation Reserve Fund or to Revenue as is
not borne by Capital under rule (1)(a)(v) above;
(iv) Credit to Capital under Rule 2 when it is not borne, by the Depreciation reserve fund
under rule 3(ii);
(v) Original cost of any work or article of equipment replaced, when it is not borne by the
Depreciation fund under Rule 3(i); and
(vi) Credit to the Depreciation Reserve Fund under Rule (2)(b).
(b) Revenue is credited with any amount realized from the disposal of a work or an item of equipment.
- 35 -
Annex 1002(d)
Development Project Proposal and Annual Procurement Plan
(Note: This Annex is based on the guidelines of the Government issued under Ministry of Planning Notification
No. PABI/NEC/Coordination-2/Notification/29/2007/48 dated 29th May 2008, which lays down the procedure for
processing, approval and amendment of Development Projects in the Public Sector an; and to the Public Procurement
Rules 2008.) This format shall be revised with the latest circular of the Government in this regard.
DEVELOPMENT PROJECT PROFORMA/PROPOSAL (DPP)

PART-A
Project Summary
1. Project title:
2. a) Sponsoring Ministry/Division:
b) Executing Agency:
3 Objectives of the project:
(Please specify in bullet form and in number and/or percentage)
4. Location of the project:
Division
1
District
2
Upazila
3
(attach map, where necessary)

5. (a) Estimated cost of the project (in Lakh Taka): (i) Total
(ii) GOB
(iii) P.A
(b) Exchange rate with date:
6. Location wise cost break -down to be attached as per Annexure - I
7. Mode of financing with source:
(In Lakh Taka)
Mode of financing
1
Loan/credit
Grant
Equity
Others (specify)
Total
GOB (FE)
2
PA (RPA)
3
PA source
4
8. Project implementation period: (i) Date of commencement:

(ii) Date of completion:
- 36 -
Annex 1002(d) continued

9. Components and estimated cost summary
Estimated Cost
Budget
Head
Economic
Code
Code
Description
1
2
(a) Revenue Component
GOB
(FE)
Project Aid
RPA
Through
GOB
5
DPA
Special
Account*
6
(In Lakh Taka)

% of
the
Total
total
cost
Sub total (Revenue

Component)
(b) Capital Component
Sub total (Capital

Component)
(c) Physical
Contingency
(d) Price Contingency
Grand total (a + b + c
+ d)
* DOSA, CONTASA, SAFE, Imprest, etc.
- 37 -

10. Log frame:
(i) Planned date for project completion:
(ii) Date of this summary preparation:
Narrative summary
Objectively Verifiable Means of Verifications
indicators (OVI)
(MOV)
Programme Goal
Project Purpose
Outputs
Inputs
Important
Assumptions (IA)
11. (a) Attach proposed project management setup

(As per Annexure-II)
(b) Attach Procurement Plan
(As per Annexure -III (a), III(b), & III(c))
12. Give year wise financial and physical target plan
(As per Annexure-IV)
13. After completion, whether the project needs to be transferred to the revenue budget:
(a) If yes, briefly narrate the institutional arrangement and technical & financial requirement for operation
and maintenance:
(To continue the benefits of the projects required yearly costs and personnel should be mentioned)
b) If not, briefly narrate the institutional arrangement and financial requirement for operation and
maintenance.
(To continue the benefits of the projects required yearly costs and personnel should be mentioned)
Signature of officer(s) responsible for the

preparation of the DPP with seal and date
- 38 -

PART-B
Project Details
14. Background, objectives, priority, rationale, linkages, targets and outputs/outcomes of the project
including findings of feasibility study/survey, if any:
15. Whether any pre-appraisal/pre-investment study was done before formulation of this project? If so,
attach summary of findings & recommendations:
16. Mention the following:
(a) Net Present Value (NPV)
(i) Financial
(ii) Economic
(b) Benefit-Cost Ratio (BCR)
(i) Financial
(ii) Economic
(c) Internal Rate of Return (IRR)
(i) Financial
(ii) Economic
(Attach Calculation Sheet)
17. Lessons learnt from similar nature of projects:
18. Indicate the basis of total and item-wise cost estimate and the date of preparation of rate of schedule:
19. Give comparative cost of major items of similar other projects:
Sl. No.
1
1
2
3
Name of the
project
2
Proposed project
Similar
completed
project
Similar on going
project
Date of
completion
3
Name of major
items
4
Unit/cost
(In Lakh Taka)
5
(i)
(ii)
(i)
(ii)
20. Attach detailed annual phasing of cost (As per Annex-V):

21. Specification/design of major components (attach):
22. Attach Amortization schedule for projects having involvement of loan from Government (As per Annex VI):
- 39 -

23. Briefly describe the effect/impact and specific mitigation measures thereof if any on:
(i) other projects/existing installations
(ii) environment like land, water, air, bio-diversity etc.
(iii) women and children
(iv) employment, poverty alleviation, etc.
(v) institutional, productivity
(vi) regional disparity
24. Specific Linkage with PRS and MDGs (In terms of number & percentage of policy matrix of PRSP):
25. Whether private sector/local govt. or NGO's participation was considered? Describe how will they be
involved?:
26. In case of foreign aided project mention the major Conditionality:
27. Does the project involve rehabilitation/resettlement? If so, indicate the magnitude and cost:
28. Identify risks during implementation & operation and mitigation measures thereof:
29. Any other important details, technical or otherwise (e.g., sustainability, governance, Steering
Committee, Project Implementation Committee etc.):
-----------------------------------------------Signature of the Head

of the Executing Agency with seal and date.
------------------------------------------------------------------Recommendation and signature of the Secretary

of the sponsoring Ministry/Division with seal and date.
- 40 -

Annexure - I
Location wise cost breakdown
Sl. No
Division/District
SubDistrict/Upazila
- 41 -
Estimated cost (In

Lakh Taka)
Comment

Annexure-II
Project management setup
Note:
1) Personnel to be deputed to project from existing setup
2) Personnel to be recruited directly for only execution of the project.
3) Personnel to be recruited by outsourcing.
4) Personnel to be recruited for execution as well as for operation of the project (Personnel to be
transferred to the revenue budget)
5) Personnel to be recruited only for operation of the project.
(Personnel to be recruited in revenue budget/if recruited in development budget to be transferred in
revenue budget)
Table to use for showing the manpower requirement of each category:
Name of the post
Quantity
Qualifications
Scale/Amount
Responsibilities/
Accountabilities
Organogram of the proposed setup should be attached

If NGO's/private sector is involved, the mechanism of controlling/managing their responsibilities is to be
clearly defined.
Any other proposal for implementation management such as proposal of Steering Committee, Project
Implementation Committee, etc.
- 42 -

Annexure IIIA
- 43 -

Annexure III(b)
- 44 -

Annexure III(c)
- 45 -

Annexure IV
- 46 -

Annex V
- 47 -
Annex 1008(g)
New Minor Works and New Works
1. Works not falling in Capital or Depreciation Reserve Fund or Ordinary or Special Revenue, and up to
Taka 500,000 (Tk five Lac) are termed as New Works and New minor Works.
2. Except for staff quarters, works for Medical Department, institutes, joint works and works for outside
departments, the procedure shall be the same as that applicable to Ordinary Revenue works. For staff
quarters for Medical Department, institutes, joint works and works for outside departments, the procedure
shall be as for other works for which plans and estimates are submitted.
3. Justification: The Executive Engineer must satisfy himself that these works conform with the canons of
financial Propriety as required by the orders in force, and further that a reasonable justification has been,
given by the requiring department. If the Executive Engineer neither is nor satisfied that the justification is
reasonable he should obtain further justification from the requiring department , or when in his opinion no
adequate justification is forthcoming, he will submit the matter to Chief, Engineer for orders. The Chief
Engineer will sanction the work if he considers the demand reasonable or, will consult with the head of the
requiring department, the demand shall not be turned down without reference to the head of the
department concerned. If it is recognized that, a full financial justification cannot be expected in the case of
new minor works, many of which are in the nature of amenities. The following is the general procedure
which will be adopted.
4. Demand for work: A department requiring a new minor work will first draw up a specification of exactly
what is requited and ascertain the probable cost of structural work to be executed by Engineering
Department. After thus completing his scheme the District, Officer concerned will approach for sanction of
funds through his head of Department.
5. Distribution of Allotment: Head of requiring Department shall submit proposal for structural new minor
work through Chief Engineer to General Manager for making provision in the, Budget Estimates of that
ensuing year. After receiving the allotment from the Railway Division, the General Manager shall accord his
approval in accordance with the allotment, including works in order of priority.
6. Specifications: Specifications and details of work required must be furnished in all respects including
justification, location and exact description of work required giving sizes of structures, as also brief
dimensioned sketches where necessary.
7. Estimates: The Divisional Engineer/Executive Engineer will prepare such detailed estimates of cost and
drawing as may be required for his own use in the control of the work and of funds. A site plan or a drawing
is necessary to define clearly the nature of the work to be done. The Divisional Engineer/Executive
Engineer shall obtain the signature of the Divisional Officer of the requiring department on such site plan or
drawing.
8. If it is found on the estimation of cost of the work that the amount required will exceed the allotted funds,
the Divisional Engineer/Executive Engineer will refer the matter to Chief Engineer for arranging additional
funds before proceeding further with the work.
- 48 -
Annex 1009(c)(ii)
Catechism for Yard Remodeling

A. Passenger Traffic lines and Working Facilities
Information
from Divisional
Transportation
Officer
Item of Inquiry
Remarks
by
Committee
1. Number of trains passing through each way giving

Description and directions.
2. Number of trains terminating at station, giving description and
directions.
3. Number of trains starting from station, giving description and
directions.
4. Number of passenger trains in the station at the same time
through and local, giving description and direction.
Note: A diagram is useful.
5. Regarding item 4, between what groups of trains will most
transshipment of passengers take place?
6. What accommodation for spare coaching stock is required in
vehicles, including storage of local trains?
7. What saloon sheds and sidings are necessary?
8. Are engine or open tracks necessary in passenger yard?
9. Are special facilities necessary for dealing with parcels or
express good sent or passenger trains, namely fruit, milk and
perishable goods?
10. Are special facilities required for dealing with livestock by
passenger trains?
11. Are special facilities required for loading carriages motors,
guns, transport?
12. Are any special tracks required for Military purposes? If so,
describe minutely.
13. Is a telephone service required in connection with passenger
traffic?
14. Is any special lighting, excluding platform lamps required in
connection with passenger service?
15. Is any special accommodation such as elevated cabins required
for yard foreman in connection with passenger service?
- 49 -
Annex 1009(c)(ii)-continued
B. Goods Traffic lines and Working Facilities
Item of Inquiry
1. Number of through Goods train passing through each way,
giving description and direction.
2. Number of through Goods trains which will step a considerable
time at station for attaching, Detaching, sorting, and marshaling,
description and direction.
3. Number of Goods trains origination and starting from station,
description and direction.
4. Number of Goods trains terminating at station description and
direction.
Note: - The time table trains in most use should be mentioned.
5. Daily average and maximum number of wagons to be stored,
grouped for terminals or delivery points ahead.
6. Daily average and minimum number of wagons to be
marshaled i.e., arranged in roadside station order for stations up
to next, sorting yard.
7. Daily, average and maximum quantity of outward goods, in
each direction in wagons loaded and empty
8. Is the quantity shown against item 7 likely to increase and if so,
to what extent?
9. Daily average and maximum quantity of inward goods from
each direction in wagons loaded and empty.
10. Is the quantity shown opposite item 9 likely to increase, and if
so, to what extent?
11. Daily average and maximum number of wagon to be
transshipped and repacked, number and empties becoming
available.
12. Is the quantity shown opposite item 11 likely to increase, and if
so, to what approximate extent?
13. What accommodation is necessary for spar goods stock?
Note: The above will show if the station require empties worked to
it?
14. What number of through engine or open tracks arc
necessary?
15. What facilities for weighing wagons arc necessary for 4wheelers or bogies?
16. Are special brake van tracks required?
17. What mineral tracks are necessary for dealing with coal,
wood, fuel, timber bone, boulders, ballast, and others. Number of
wagons average and maximum.
18. Is a telephone service necessary in goods yard?
19. What lighting is required in goods yards?
20. Any fire appliance necessary in goods yard, if so, what:
21. Any special accommodation necessary for yard foreman?
22. Please fill in the accompanying tables of inward and outwards
goods traffic
- 50 -
Information from
Divisional
Transportation
Officer
Remarks by
Committee
B. Goods Traffic lines and Working Facilities (continued)
Table 1: Inward Local and through business in wagon per Diem
Average Local
Direction
Average
Total
Wagons
2
Maximum Total
Wagons
Percent of
Column 2
Wagons
Percent
of
Column
2
6
Yard can be extended

to suit a maximum of
Wagons
Percent
of
Column 2
Note: All the maximum may not occur at the same moment. Totals do not necessarily mean totals of maximum.
Table 2: Outward Local and through business in wagons per Diem
Direction
Average Local
Average
Total
Wagons
2
Wagons
3
Maximum Total
Percent of
Column 2
4
Wagons
5
Yard can be extended

to suit a maximum of
Percent of
Column 2
6
Wagons
7
Percent
of
Column 2
8
Notes: (1) These tables refer to goods traffic only. (2) The maximum number of wagons in all cases may not occur at
the same moment. Totals do not necessarily mean totals of the maximum numbers. (3) Columns 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 are
to be filled in by Divisional Transportation Officer from station records; Column 4 gives the percentage which local
traffic bears to the average total in column 2; and Column 6 is for the percentage which maximum recorded traffic on
anyone day bears to the average in column 2. (4) Columns 7 and 8 will be filed in by the Committee.
- 51 -
C. Miscellaneous
Item of Inquiry
Information
from Divisional
Transportation
Officer
Remarks by
Committee
Information from
Divisional
Mechanical
Engineer
Remarks by
Committee
1. What accommodation is necessary in station building proper?

Give details and if upper class waiting rooms arc required.
2. Give area of enclosure necessary for ordinary Class
passengers and say what portion should be covered. Calculate on
maximum awaiting a group of trains or one train.
3. What area of shelter is necessary on passenger, goods
transshipment and other platforms?
4. Office accommodation, giving details and area, also any
necessary for goods yard, including transshipment platform.
5. Give details of quarters for Traffic staff including Watch and
ward, dividing emergent from others, Watch and Ward
Superintendent should be consulted.
6. What toilet facilities are necessary for passengers, giving
percentage allowed.
7. What offices or quarters are required for Postal Department?
(Head of Postal Circle should be consulted).
8. What offices or quarters are required for Police Department?
(Police Department should be consulted).
Item of Inquiry
1. Locomotive shed accommodation needed for Diesels.
(a) For the first 3 years after opening shunting engine to be
shown separately.
(b) As a maximum.
2. What diesel oil storage facilities are necessary:
(a) For first 3 years after opening?
(b) As an absolute maximum? Calculate on daily consumption
and give day's supply in reserve.
3. Should space be allowed for (a) spare engines in the open;
and (b) Relief train?
4. Give details of quarters for locomotive staff specifying No and
classes.
5. If a workshop is necessary, give area and equipment.
6. What facilities for lighting are required?
7. Position of vacuum testing pits and testing plant.
8. Accommodation and equipment required for washing lines?
9. What accommodation for repair tracks is required? Give
average number of vehicles usually under repair.
10. Give details for offices, sheds and quarters required for
Carriage and Wagon staff, separating emergent from others.
- 52 -
C. Miscellaneous (continued)
Information from
Divisional
Engineer/Signal
Engineer
Item of Inquiry
Remarks by
Committee
Engineering
1. What engineering sidings, offices, sheds, and warehouses are
necessary?
2. What toilet facilities accommodation is required for station
staff, giving percentage by group?
3. Give details of quarters required for engineering staff,
including Sanitary staff, separating emergent from other staff.
4. Can the yard and quarters be conveniently drained or must
pumping be employed?
Signaling
5. Give number of cabins and ground-frames with numbers of
levers necessary to interlock and work yard.
6. Give details of offices workshops and quarters required for
Signal staff separating emergent from others.
- 53 -
Annex 1021(2)
Class of asset
1.
Bridge work - Steel work
2.
Bridge work - Masonry,
Normal Life of Assets

Normal
life.
Unit.
(Years)
60
An entire span of girders. Steel work on an
individual bridge originally costing more than
Taka 10,000
125
An e n t i r e abutment pier or arch
(a) Over and under - bridges Steel

work.
(b) Over and under - bridges Masonry,

3. Permanent-way - Rails and
fastenings including points and
crossings.
4. Permanent-way Sleepers - Wood
60
An e n t i r e span of girders. Steel work on an

individual bridge originally costing more than
Taka 10,000.
125
An entire abutment pier or arch
60
Rails and fastenings, points and crossings
15
40
For Hard wood and 5 years for soft wood

Sleepers,
Sleepers, cast-iron and ferroconcrete
5. Permanent-way Sleepers - cast

iron and ferroconcrete,
6. Permanent-way Sleepers - Steel
trough
7. Buildings Masonry
30
Sleepers, steel trough
125
8. Buildings - All others
50
9. Station machinery
10. Plant
40
20
11. Ferries
12. Rolling stock Locomotives Engines and tenders
40
35
13. Rolling stock - Locomotives Boilers

14. Roiling stock - Carriage and
Wagon-Coaching vehicles
15. Rolling stock - Carriage and
Wagon-Goods vehicles
16. Motor vehicles - Rail
17. Motor vehicles - Road
18. Electrical Signaling and
Telephone apparatus
25
30
Entire buildings. A part of a building when the

part originally cost more than Taka 25,000
An entire building. A part of building when
the part originally cost more than Tk, 25,000.
An entire unit of station machinery
An e n t i r e unit of plant or an e n t i r e
m achine.
Note. Loose hand tools do not constitute a
unit
An entire vessel, engine or boiler
An entire engine
Note: The depreciation fund bears the cost of
building an engine if the work is undertaken
as one operation
An entire tender.
An entire boiler
An entire vehicle.
40
Ditto
20
10
13
Ditto
Ditto
Each article
- 54 -
Normal Life of Assets (continued)

Class of Asset
19. Electric Power Station and substation buildings
20. (A) Stationery Electric Power Plant
(1) Steam raising plant and auxiliaries
(2) Steam prime mover driven
generating plant
(3) Transformer and converting
equipment switch-gear instruments,
etc
(4) Oil Engine prime movers,
complete with generator
(B) Train lighting dynamos and switchgear
21. (A) Electric Locomotives
(B) Diesel Electric Locomotives
(C) Battery Locomotives
22. Electric transmission equipment
(a)(i) Overhead Power Line Structures
CatenaryCopper
Catenary-Steel
Contract wires
(ii) Insulators, fittings and switch-gear,
Bonds for structures
(iii) Bonds for running rails,
(b) Underground cables.
(i) H.T. Trunk lines.
(ii) Mains.
(c) V.I.R. Cables in conduit.
23. Internal wiring of buildings or
coaching stock units
24. Electric motors of one H. P. and
above and apparatus for Industrial
purposes
25. Electric Fans Ceiling
Portable or Carriage.
26. Domestics and I n d u s t r i a l
appliances other than those
mentioned in Asset No. 24 and 25
above.
27. External l i g h t i n g fittings
28. Batteries.
(a) Stationery
(1) Lead Acid
(2) Alkaline
For vehicles i n c l u d i n g t r ac t io n ,
trucks and train l i g h t i n g
(1) Lead Acid.
(2) Alkaline.
Normal Life
(Years)
30
Unit
An entire building
A part of building when the part originally
cost more than Taka 25,000
20
20
An entire unit of plant or machine

20
14
20
35
20
25
An entire locomotive excluding battery.

An entire locomotive excluding battery
An entire locomotive excluding battery
50
50
50
14
20
20
10
20
30
25
10
Each distinct part of the equipment.
10
20
25 percent or over the complete

instal l a t i o n in any one building or coach
An entire piece of apparatus
20
10
5
A complete appliance
10
A complete fitting
10
14
A complete battery
A complete battery
6
10
A complete battery
A complete battery
- 55 -
CHAPTER XI: LAND ACQUISITION AND LAND MANAGEMENT

Section 1: Land Acquisition and Relinquishment
1101
Procedure when land is required for public purposes
(a) When land in any locality is needed or is likely to be needed for the public purpose, it is first necessary
to ascertain if the land is owned by government or private interests.
(b) Publicly owned parcels of land, the ownership of which rests with the government, are taken over by the
railway through inter-government transfer.
(c) Privately-owned land required for public purpose is acquired with the assistance of the appropriate
government authority for acquisition of land in accordance with the Acquisition and Requisition of
Immovable Property Ordinance, 1982 (Ordinance No II of 1982) as further amended from time to time
(hereinafter referred to as 1982 Ordinance), the Acquisition of Immovable Property Rules, 1982 and the
Immovable Property Acquisition Manual, 1997. Excerpts of Sections 3 to 27, and Sections 37 and 38 of the
1982 Ordinance are given in Annex 1101(c).
Notes: (1) The Acquisition and Requisition of Immovable Property Ordinance, 1982 (Ordinance No II of
1982) was promulgated on 13th April, 1982. It has replaced the Land Acquisition Act, 1894(1 of 1894). The
Ordinance governs acquisition and requisition by the government of immovable property for any public
purpose or in the public interest. The acquisition of land under the Act confers indefeasible title. (2) The
Acquisition of Immovable Property Rules, 1982 were made by the Government in exercise of the powers
conferred by Section 46 of the Acquisition and Requisition of Immovable Property Ordinance, 1982. (3) The
Immovable Property Acquisition Manual, 1997, prepared by the Government, is a compilation of the above
mentioned Ordinance, Rules, and instructions, directions. It provides guidelines for acquisition and
requisition of immovable property and all related purposes whatsoever, and the payment of compensation
for all sorts of losses. The 1997 Manual has replaced the Bengal Land Acquisition Manual, 1917.
1102
Transfer of Land which is Public Property
(a) When land is needed by the railway for public purpose the Executive Engineer in-charge will first
ascertain from the Deputy Commissioner whether the land or any part thereof is public land and belongs to
the government. The estimated market value of such land shall be ascertained.
(b) The railway authority shall request the government to transfer the public land in accordance with the
procedures laid down in the Immovable Property Acquisition Manual, 1997.
(c) For the transfer of public land to the railway, full market value will be charged, and the railway authority
must ensure that adequate provision is made in the railway estimates and budgeting of funds.
1103
Acquisition of privatelyowned property including land
(1) When privately-owned land is required by the railway for public purpose, the Executive Engineer shall
submit to the Deputy Commissioner of the concerned district an application for acquisition of land complete
with the documents required as per the Acquisition of Immovable Property Rules, 1982 and Immovable
Property Acquisition Manual, 1997.
Note: It is important that the Divisional Engineers/Executive Engineers who are responsible for the
acquisition and requisition of property for railway purposes are well versed with the provisions of the
Acquisition and Requisition of Immovable Property Ordinance, 1982, the Acquisition of Immovable Property
Rules, 1982, and the Immovable Property Acquisition Manual, 1997.
(2) The documents to be submitted to the Deputy Commissioner along with the application for acquisition of
land include the Schedule and plan in the following details:
(a) Schedule. The schedule of land must be prepared accurately giving the district, police station, upazilla,
J.T (jurisdiction limit) number, mouja number and plot numbers. The area of land should be correctly given
- 56 -
in hectares (Note: one hectare = 2.471 acres) calculated to two places of decimals for land in open country
and up to three or four places of decimal in the case of land in townships, bazaars and villages.
Notes: (1) If it happens that there is a mistake in the area of land to be acquired or other information as
shown in the original documents, in that case the correct information including area of the land should be
furnished to the concerned government authorities for making necessary corrections. (2) If the description
of land sought to be acquired is vague, indefinite, unspecified and uncertain and does not enable the
owners of the property to make an effective objection in writing against the order of acquisition (under
Section of the 1982 Ordinance) the acquisition proceedings may be rendered null and void.
(b) Plan of land. The plan of land to be sent along with the acquisition papers must be prepared in
accordance with the requirements given in the Immovable Property Acquisition Manual, 1997. The plan
shall prepared on tracing cloth on a scale of 50 meters to 1 cm (or 1:5000) except where this would not
admit of sufficient detail being shown clearly, in which case a scale of 10 meters to 1 cm (or 1:1000) may
be adopted. When the parcel of land to be acquired is in addition to the land acquired previously, the land
plans should be prepared to the same scale as those for the land already acquired. The parcel(s) of land to
be acquired will be distinguished by red coloration on the land plans.
(c) If the work for which land is to be acquired is a sanctioned work the Executive Engineer will forward the
application for acquisition in duplicate and two copies of each of the Schedules and the land plan tracing
direct to the Deputy Commissioner concerned.
(d) If the work is not a sanctioned work, the Executive Engineer will forward the documents for land
acquisition, together with an extra copy thereof to the Chief Engineer who will take necessary action
through the General Manager.
1104
Action by Deputy Commissioner - Publication of Preliminary Notice
(a) On receipt of the application for acquisition of land the concerned Deputy Commissioner will proceed
with acquisition of land as per requirement of the Railway authorities following the procedures detailed in
the Immovable Property Acquisition Manual, 1997.
(b) The Deputy Commissioner shall cause a notice to be published under Section 3 of the Acquisition and
Requisition of Immovable Property Ordinance, 1982. The notice shall be in the prescribed form (see Form
A at Annex 1104(b)) giving details of the property to be acquired, and shall be published at convenient
places on or near the property to be acquired.
Note: Property used by the public for the purpose of religious worship, graveyard and cremation ground
cannot be acquired under the 1982 Ordinance.
1105
Objection against acquisition
(a) Under Section 4 of the 1982 Ordinance, any person interested in any property which has been notified
under Section 3 as being needed or likely to be needed for a public purpose or in the public interest may,
within 15 days after the publication of the notice, object to the acquisition of the property.
(b) Every objection to the acquisition of property shall be made in writing to the Deputy Commissioner. The
Deputy Commissioner shall give the objector an opportunity of being heard either in person or by an agent
necessary, prepare a report within thirty days following the expiry of the period specified for filing objections
containing his opinion on the objections (Section 4(2) of 1982 Ordinance).
(c) If the property exceeds 50 standard bighas of land, the Deputy Commissioner shall submit the record of
the acquisition proceedings with his report for the decision of the Government. If the property does not
exceed 50 standard bighas of land, the Deputy Commissioner shall submit the record of the proceedings
held by him, together with his report, for the decision of the Divisional Commissioner (Section 4(3) of 1982
Ordinance). (Note: 50 bighas = 1.25 acre = 5058.5 m2)
- 57 -
(d) If no objection is raised within the specified period, the Deputy Commissioner shall, instead of
submitting the records of proceedings to the Divisional Commissioner, make a decision within ten days of
the expiry of the aforesaid period or within such further period but not exceeding thirty days, as the
Divisional Commissioner permits on the request of the Deputy Commissioner in writing, about the
acquisition of the property and such decision of the Deputy Commissioner shall be final.
1106
Final Decision regarding Acquisition
The Government, or as the case may be, the Divisional Commissioner, after considering the report on
objections submitted by the Deputy Commissioner shall make a decision about the acquisition of the
property and such decision of the Government, or as the case may be the Divisional Commissioner shall be
final. Such decision shall be conclusive evidence that the property is needed for a public purpose.
Notes: (1) Where the decision is to be made by the Divisional Commissioner, it shall be made within 15
days from the date of submission of the report, or within such further time but not exceeding one month, as
he may think fit for reasons to be recorded by him in this behalf. (2) Where decision is to be made by the
Government, it shall be made within a period not exceeding 90 days from the date of submission of the
report. (Section 5 (1)(a)&(b) of 1982 Ordinance as further amended).
1107
Public Notice of property acquisition and filing claims
(a) When the Government, the Divisional Commissioner or the Deputy Commissioner, as the case may be,
has made a decision for acquisition of any property, the Deputy Commissioner shall cause public notice to
be given (under Section 6 of the 1982 Ordinance) in the prescribed form and manner (see Form B at Annex
1107(a)) at convenient places on or near such property stating that the Government, the Divisional
Commissioner or the Deputy Commissioner, as the case may be, has decided to acquire the property and
intends to take possession thereof and that claims to compensation for all interests in such property may be
made to him (Section 6 of 1982 Ordinance as further amended).
(b) The public notice shall state the particulars of the property to be acquired and taken possession of, and
shall require all persons interested in the property to appear personally or by agent before the Deputy
Commissioner at a time, not being earlier than fifteen days after the date of publication of the notice, and
place mentioned therein and to state the nature of their respective interests in the property and the amount
and particulars of their claims to compensation for such interests.
(c) The Deputy Commissioner shall also serve notice to the same effect in the prescribed form (see Form C
at Annex 1107(c)) on the occupier, if any of such property and on all persons known or believed to be
interested therein
1108
Award of Compensation by Deputy Commissioner
(1) On the date fixed, the Deputy Commissioner shall proceed to enquire into the statement, if any, which
the person has made pursuant to a notice given under Section 6 and in to the value of the property at the
date of the publication of the notice under Section 3, and into the respective interests of the persons
claiming the compensation and shall make an award, under Section 7 of the 1982 Ordinance, in respect to:
(a) The compensation which, in his opinion, shall be allowed for the property (the matters to be considered
in determining the compensation are detailed in Section 8 and matters not to be considered in determining
compensation are given in Section 9 of the 1982 Ordinance (see Annex 1101(c)); and
(b) The apportionment of the said compensation among all the persons known or believed to be interested
in the property, of whom, or of whose claims, he has information.
(2) The award of compensation made by the Deputy Commissioner shall be final.
(3) The Deputy Commissioner shall within seven days from the date of making award of compensation give
notice of his award to the person interested, and send the estimate of the award of compensation to the
requiring railway authority.
- 58 -
(4) The requiring railway authority shall deposit the estimated amount of the award of compensation with
the Deputy Commissioner in the prescribed manner within 60 days from the date of receipt of the estimate.
1109
Payment of compensation
(1) On making an award under Section 7 of 1982 Ordinance, the Deputy Commissioner shall, before taking
possession of the property, tender payment of the compensation awarded by him to the persons entitled
thereto according to the award, and shall, pay it to them within 60 days from the date of deposit by the
requiring railway authority of the estimated amount of compensation.
Note: The Executive Engineer has no role in the disbursement of the value for the land acquired. The
Deputy Commissioner receives the estimated total amount of compensation for the acquired land from the
railway authorities. He then arranges to disburse the value of the land to the person(s) in accordance with
the award within 60 (sixty) days from the date it was paid in by the railway authorities as per Section 7(3) of
the Acquisition and Requisition of Immovable Property Ordinance, 1982.
(2) If the persons entitled to compensation do not consent to receive it, or if there be no person competent
to receive the compensation or if there be any dispute as to the title to receive the compensation or as to
the apportionment of it, the Deputy commissioner shall keep the amount of the compensation in a deposit
account in the Public Account of the Republic which shall be deemed payment for the purpose of taking
over possession of the property without any prejudice to the claim of the parties to be determined by the
Arbitrator. Provided that any person interested may receive such payment under protest as to the
sufficiency of the amount.
Note: The procedures for the appointment of a Judicial officer as Arbitrator, application to Arbitrator by the
interested person, proceedings before Arbitrator and award of Arbitrator are laid down in Part IV (Sections
27 to 35) of the 1982 Ordinance.
1110
Acquisition and Possession
(1) When the compensation mentioned in the award has been paid or is deemed to have been paid in
pursuance of Section 10 of the Acquisition and Requisition of Immovable Property Ordinance, 1982,
declaration is published in the official gazette by the Deputy Commissioner in the prescribed form (see
Form D at Annex 1110(1)) to the effect that the said property stands acquired and vests absolutely in the
Government free from all encumbrances.
(2) Thereafter the Deputy Commissioner shall take possession of the property under Section 11 of 1982
Ordinance.
1111
Abatement or Revocation of Proceedings
(1) In case the estimated amount of the award of compensation has not been deposited by the requiring
authority for acquisition of any property within the specified period (Section 7(4) of 1982 Ordinance), all
proceedings in respect of such acquisition shall, on the expiry of that period, stand abated and a
declaration by the Deputy Commissioner to that effect shall be published in the Official Gazette.
(2) The Deputy Commissioner may, with the prior approval of the Government, by notification in the official
Gazette, revoke all proceedings in respect of acquisition of any property at any time before the payment of
compensation.
(3) When any proceedings stand abated or are revoked, the Deputy Commissioner shall make an award
determining the amount of compensation due for the damage suffered by the owner in consequence of the
notice or of any proceedings there under and the costs reasonably incurred by him in the prosecution of the
proceeding under this part relating to the said property and shall pay the compensation accordingly
(Section 12 of 1982 Ordinance).
- 59 -
1112
Use of acquired property
(1) Property acquired under the 1982 Ordinance shall not be used for any purpose other than the purpose
for which it is acquired without the prior approval of the Government.
(2) Once land is acquired, it cannot be resumed or released without the consent of the requiring body.
1113
Requisition of property for temporary and emergency purposes
(1) Requisition of land

(a) When any property is required temporarily for a public purpose, the Deputy Commissioner may
requisition it with the prior written approval of the Government. Prior approval of the Government is not
necessary in case there is emergency requirement of any property (Section 18 of 1982 Ordinance).
(b) When land is required temporarily for railway use, the Executive Engineer shall make an application to
the concerned Deputy Commissioner stating therein the need for temporary occupation of land and
whether it is urgently required to maintain the lines of rail communications. This shall be done in
accordance with the procedure laid down in the Immovable Property Acquisition Manual, 1997.
(2) Emergency requirement of land
Except in the case of emergency requirement for the purpose of maintenance of transport or
communication system, no property which is bona fide used by the owner thereof as the residence of
himself or his family or which is used either for religious worship by the public or as an educational
institution or orphanage or as a hospital, public library, graveyard or cremation ground shall be
requisitioned.
(3) Taking over of requisitioned property
(a) In the case of emergency requirement for the purpose of maintenance of transport of communication
system, the Deputy Commissioner may take possession of the requisitioned property at any time after the
date of service of the Governments order.
(b) In other cases, the requisitioned property may be taken over and used for the purpose for which it has
been requisitioned, 30 days after the service of the order.
(4) Period of requisition
A property shall not be kept under requisition for a period exceeding two years from the date of taking over
possession of such property, except with the prior approval of the Government.
(5) Award of compensation
The amount of compensation for requisitioned property shall be determined in the manner and in
accordance with the principles set out in Section 20 of the 1982 Ordinance (see Section 20 in excerpt at
Annex 1101(c)).
(6) Repair of requisitioned property
During the period of requisition, the Deputy Commissioner or the requiring authority shall be responsible for
the proper maintenance of a requisitioned property (Section 23 of 1982 Ordinance).
(7) Release of requisitioned property
Where any requisitioned property is to be released from the requisition, the Deputy Commissioner may
restore it to the person from whom the property was requisitioned or to his successor-in-interest or to such
other person as may appear to the Deputy Commissioner to be entitled to such restoration.
- 60 -
1114
Certificate of possession
When the land has been formally made over to the railway authority, a certificate of possession must be
made out in the prescribed form of the Immovable Property Acquisition Manual, 1997. This certificate is not
to the signed by any railway representative below the rank of Assistant Executive Engineer.
1115
Record of Land Plans
It is important that up-to date land plans be maintained in the Executive Engineer's office. When any fresh
land is acquired, the area should be added to the existing office plan and a note made and signed by the
Executive Engineer giving details of its acquisition. The maintenance of land plans in the divisions and
headquarters shall be done as per directions of the Chief Engineer.
1116
Land relinquishment
The management of railway land including its use and relinquishment shall be done in accordance with the
Immovable Property Acquisition Manual, 1997, Section 2 of this Chapter and instructions issued by the
railway administration from time to time.
- 61 -
Annex 1101(c)
Rules for Acquisition and Requisition of Property
(Note: This Annex contains excerpts from the Acquisition and Requisition of Immovable Property Ordinance
1982, Sections 3 to 27 and 37 and 38. All efforts have been made to reproduce the original text, however
for authenticated text reference should be made to the published version.)
PART II: Acquisition
Section 3: Publication of preliminary notice of acquisition of property
Whenever it appears to the Deputy Commissioner that any property in any locality is needed or is
likely to be needed for any public purpose or in the public interest, he shall cause a notice to be
published at convenient places on or near the property in the prescribed form and manner stating
that the property is proposed to be acquired:
Provided that no property used by the public for the purpose of religious worship, graveyard and
cremation ground shall be acquired.
Section 4: Objection against acquisition
(1) Any person interested in any property .which has been notified under section 3 as being needed or
likely to be needed for a public purpose or in the public interest may, within fifteen days after the
publication of the notice, object to the acquisition of the property.
(2) Every objection under sub-section (1) shall be made to the Deputy Commissioner in writing, and the
Deputy Commissioner shall, give the objector an opportunity of being heard either in person or by an agent
necessary, prepare a report within thirty days following the expiry of the period specified under sub-section
(1) containing his opinion on the objections (Amended by Act XX of 1994)
(3) The Deputy Commissioner shall then:
(a) If the property exceeds fifty standard bighas of land, submit the record of the proceedings held by him,
together with his report, for the decision of the Government; and
(b) If the property does not exceed fifty standard bighas of land, submit the record of the proceedings held
by him, together with his report, for the decision of the Divisional Commissioner; (Amended by Ord. No. XV
of 1983, Ord, No. XXX of 1983 and Act No. XX of 1994). (Note: One bigha = 1,600 yd2, One acre = 40
bighas.
Provided that if no objection is raised within the period specified in subsection (1), the Deputy
Commissioner shall, instead of submitting the records of proceedings to the Divisional Commissioner,
make a decision within ten days of the expiry of the aforesaid period or within such further period but not
exceeding thirty days, as the Divisional Commissioner permits on the request of the Deputy Commissioner
in writing, about the acquisition of the property and such decision of the Deputy Commissioner shall be
final. (Amended by Ord. XXx of 1983 and Act No. XX of 1994).
Section 5: Final Decision regarding acquisition
(1) The Government, or as the case may be, the Divisional Commissioner, after considering the report
submitted by the Deputy Commissioner under section 4 (3) shall make a decision about the acquisition of
the property and such decision of the Government, or as the case may be the Divisional Commissioner
shall be final (Amended by Ord. No. XV of 1983).
Provided that:
(a) Where the decision is to be made by the Divisional commissioner, it shall be made within fifteen days
from the date of submission of the report, or within such further time but not exceeding one month, as he
may think fit for reasons to be recorded by him in this behalf ; (Amended by Act XX of 1994).
(b) Where decision is to be made by the Government, it shall be made within a period not exceeding
ninety days from the date of submission of the report. (Amended by Act. XX of 1994).
(2) When the Government, the Divisional Commissioner or the Deputy Commissioner, as the case may be
makes a decision for acquisition of the property under sub-section (1) of the provision to Section 4 (3) (b)
as the case may be, such decision shall be conclusive evidence that the property is needed for a public
purpose or in the public interest. (Sub. by Old. XXX of 1983).
- 62 -
Section 6: Notice to persons interested

(1) When the Government, the Divisional Commissioner or the Deputy commissioner, as the case may be,
has made a decision for acquisition of any property under section 5 or the proviso to section 4 (3) (b), as
the case may be, the Deputy Commissioner shall cause public notice to be given in the prescribed manner
at convenient places on or near such property stating that the Government, the Divisional Commissioner or
the Deputy Commissioner, as the case may be, has decided to acquire the property and intends to take
possession thereof and that claims to compensation for all interests in such property may be made to him
(Amended by Ord. XXX of 1983).
(2) such notice shall state the particulars of the property to be acquired and taken possession of, and shall
require all persons interested in the property to appear personally or by agent before the Deputy
Commissioner at a time, not being earlier than fifteen days after the date of publication of the notice, and
place mentioned therein and to state the nature of their respective interests in the property and the amount
and particulars of their claims to compensation for such interests.
(3) The Deputy Commissioner shall also serve notice to the same effect in the prescribed form on the
occupier, if any of such property and on all persons known or believed to be interested therein
(4) The Deputy Commissioner may also, by notice, require any such person to make or deliver to him at a
time, not being earlier than fifteen days after the date of service of the notice, and place mentioned therein
a statement containing, so far as may be practicable, the name of every other person possessing any
interest in the property or any part thereof as co-sharer, mortgagee or otherwise, and of the nature of such
interest and profits, if any, received or receivable on account thereof.
(5) Every person required to make or deliver a statement under this section shall be deemed to be legally
bound to do so within the meaning of sections 175 and 176 of the penal Code (XLV of 1960).
Section 7: Award of Compensation by Deputy Commissioner:
(1) On the date so fixed, or on any other date to which the enquiry has been adjourned, the Deputy
Commissioner shall proceed to enquire into the statement, if any, which the person has made pursuant to a
notice given under section 6 and into the value of the property at the date of the publication of the notice
under section 3, and into the respective interests, of the persons claiming the compensation and shall make
an award of:
(a) The compensation which, in his opinion, shall be allowed for the property ; and
(b) The apportionment of the said compensation among all the persons known or believed to be interested
in the property, of whom, or of whose claims, he has information.
(2) The award made by the Deputy Commissioner shall, except provided, be final.
(3) The Deputy Commissioner shall, within seven days from the date of making award of compensation :
(a) give notice of his award to the person interested ;
(b) Send the estimate of the award of compensation to the requiring person. (Amended by Act. No. XX of
1994).
(4)
The requiring person shall deposit the estimated amount of the award of compensation with the
Deputy Commissioner in the prescribed manner within sixty days from the date of receipt of the estimate.
(Amended by Act. XX of 1994).
Section 8: Matters to be considered in determining Compensation
(1) In determining the amount of compensation to be awarded for any property to be acquired under this
part, the Deputy Commissioner shall take into consideration
(a) The market value of the property at the date of publication of the notice under Section 3;
Provided that in Determining such market value, the Commissioner shall take into account the average
value, to be calculated in the prescribed manner, of the properties of similar description and with similar
advantages in the vicinity during the twelve months preceding the date of publication of the notice under
Section 3;
(b) The damage that may be sustained by the person interested, by reason of the taking of any standing
crops or trees which may be on the property at the time of taking possession thereof by the Deputy
Commissioner;
(c) The damage that may be sustained by the person interested, at the time of taking possession of the
property by the Deputy Commissioner, by reason of severing such property from his other property;
- 63 -
(d) The damage that may be sustained by the person interested, at the time of taking possession of the
property by the Deputy commissioner, by reason of the acquisition injuriously affecting his other properties,
movable or immovable, in any other manner, or his earnings;
(e) If in consequence of the acquisition of the property, the person interested is likely to be compelled to
change his residence or place of business, the reasonable expenses if any, incidental to such change; and
(f) The damage that may be resulting from diminution of the profits of the property between the date of
service of notice under Section 6 and the date of taking possession of the property by the Deputy
Commissioner.
(2) In addition to the market value of the property as provided in subsection (1), the Deputy Commissioner
shall in every case award a sum of "fifty percent" on such market value in consideration of the compulsory
nature of the acquisition (Amended by ord. VIII of 1993).
Section 9: Matters not to be considered in determining Compensation
In determining the amount of compensation to be awarded for any property to be acquired under this part,
the Deputy Commissioner shall not take into consideration
(a) The degree of urgency which has led to the acquisition;
(b) any disinclination of the person interested to part with the property to be acquired ;
(c) any damage that may be sustained by him which, if caused by a private person, would not render such
person liable to a suit ;
(d) any damage which is likely to be caused to the property to be acquired, after the date of service of
notice under section 6, by or in consequence of the use to which it will be put ;
(e) any increase to the value of the property to be acquired likely to accrue from the use to which it will be
put when acquired ; or
(f) any alteration or improvement in, or disposal of, the property to be acquired, made or effected without
the sanction of the Deputy Commissioner after the date of publication of the notice under Section 3.
Section 10: Payment of compensation
(1) On making an award under section 7, the Deputy Commissioner shall, before taking possession of the
property, tender payment of the compensation awarded by him to the persons entitled thereto according to
the award, and shall, unless prevented by some one or more of the contingencies mentioned in sub-section
(2), pay it to them within sixty days from the date of deposit by the requiring person of the estimated
amount of compensation under section 7(3). (Amended by Act No. XX of 1994).
to receive the compensation or if there be any dispute as to the title to receive the compensation or as to
the apportionment of it, the Deputy commissioner shall keep the amount of the compensation in a deposit
account in the Public Account of the Republic which shall be deemed payment for the purpose of taking
over possession of the property without any prejudice to the claim of the parties to be determined by the
Arbitrator ;
Provided that any person admitted to be interested may receive such payment under protest as to the
sufficiency of the amount:
Provided further that no person who has received the amount otherwise than under protest shall be entitled
to make any application under Section 28;
Provided further that nothing herein contained shall affect the liability of any person, who may receive the
whole or any part of any compensation awarded under this part, to pay the same to the person lawfully
entitled thereto.
Section 1O A: Payment of compensation to bargadar
Notwithstanding any thing contained in this Ordinance, when the property acquired under this part contains
standing crops cultivated by bargadar, such portion of the compensation as may be determined by the
Deputy Commissioner for the crops shall be paid to the bargader in cash.
Explanation In this section "bargadar" means a person who under the system generally known as addhi.
barga or bhag cultivates the land of another person on condition of delivering a share of produce of such
land to that person. (Amended by ActXX of 1994).
- 64 -
Section 11: Acquisition and possession

(1) When the compensation mentioned in the award has been paid or is deemed to have been paid in
pursuance of section 10, the property shall stand acquired and vest absolutely in the Government free from
all encumbrances, and the Deputy Commissioner shall thereupon take possession of the property.
(2) Immediately after the acquisition of the property under subsection (1), a declaration by, the Deputy
Commissioner in the prescribed form to that effect shall be published in the official gazette.
Section 12: Abatement or revocation of Proceedings
(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Ordinance, where in any case the estimated amount of the
award of compensation has not" been deposited by the requiring person for acquisition of any property
under section 5 within the period specified in section 7(4). all proceedings in respect of such acquisition
shall, on the expiry of that period, stand abated and a declaration by the Deputy Commissioner to that
effect shall be published in the Official Gazette.
(2) The Deputy Commissioner may, with the prior approval of the Government, by notification in the official
Gazette, revoke all proceedings in respect of acquisition of any property at any time before the payment of
compensation. (Amended by Act No. XX of 1994).
(3) When any proceedings stand abated or are revoked, the Deputy Commissioner shall make an award
determining the amount of compensation due for the damage suffered by the owner in consequence of the
notice or of any proceedings there under and the costs reasonably incurred by him in the prosecution of the
proceeding under this part relating to the said property and shall pay the compensation accordingly.
Section 13: Acquisition of part of a house or buildings:
The provisions of this part shall not, be applied for the purpose of acquiring a part only of any house,
manufactory of other building, if the owner desires that the whole of such house, manufactory or building
should be so acquired ;
Provided that the owner may at any time, before the Deputy Commissioner has made his award under
Section 7, by notice in writing withdraw or modify his expressed desire that the whole of such house,
manufactory or building should be so acquired.
Provided further that, if any question arises as to whether any property proposed to be taken under this part
does or does not form part of a house, manufactory or building within the meaning of this section the
decision of the Deputy Commissioner shall be final.
Section 14: Acquisition of property at the cost of a person other than the Government
Where the .provisions of this part are applied for acquiring any property at the cost of any fund controlled
managed by a person other than the Government, the charges of an incidental to such acquisition shall be
defrayed from or by such fund or person.
Section 15: Transfer of acquired land to the requiring person other than the Government
(1) When any property is proposed to be acquired for any person other than the Government, such person
shall enter into an agreement with the Government In such form as may be prescribed before a notice
under section 3 is published.
(2) When the property in respect of which an agreement has been entered into with a person under subsection (1) is acquired under section II, the: Government shall, on the performance by such person of his
part of the agreement, transfer the property to the person by executing a deed in such form as may be
prescribed and in accordance with the law for the time being in force.
Section 16: Recovery of compensation in certain cases
When any compensation paid in excess of the amount payable or when any compensation is paid to a
person other than the rightful owner, the amount of such excess or wrong payment shall be recoverable as
a public demand.
Section 17: Use of acquired property
(1) No Property acquired under this part shall, without the prior approval of the Government, be used for
any purpose other than the purpose for which it is acquired.
(2) Once land is acquired it can not be resumed or released to the party concern without of the consent of
requiring body.
- 65 -
PART III: Requisition

Section 18: Requisition of property
(1) When any property is required temporarily for a public purpose or in the public interest, the Deputy
Commissioner may, which the prior approval of the Government, by order in writing, requisition it;
Provided that no such approval shall be necessary in the case of emergency requirement of any property;
Provided further that save in the case of emergency requirement for the purpose of maintenance of
transport or communication system, no property which is bona fide used by the owner thereof as the
residence of himself or his family or which is used either for religious worship by the public or as an
educational institution or orphanage or as a hospital, public library, graveyard or cremation ground shall be
requisitioned.
(2) Where an order made under sub-section (1) has been served, the Deputy Commissioner may take
possession of the requisitioned property
(a) in the case of emergency requirement for the purpose of maintenance of transport of communication
system, at any time of the date of service of the order,
(b) in any other case, after the expiry of thirty days from the date of service of the order, and may use the
property for the purpose for which it has been requisitioned.
(3) Except with the prior approval of the Government, no property shall be kept under requisition for a
period exceeding two years from the date of taking over possession of such property.
Section 19: Revision
The Government may, of its own motion or on application filed by aggrieved person, revise any order made
under section 18(1).
Provided that no such application shall be entertained unless it is filed within thirty days from the date of
service of the order.
Section 20: Award of compensation by the Deputy Commissioner
(1) Where any property is requisitioned under this part, there shall be paid compensation the amount of
which shall be determined in the manner and in accordance with the principles set out in this section.
(2)
The Deputy Commissioner shall, after giving the persons interested an opportunity of being heard
in respect of their respective interests in the property and the amount and particulars of their claims to
compensation for such interests and having regard to the provisions of sub-section (5), make an award of
(a) the compensation in the manner as may be prescribed ; and the apportionment of the said
compensation among all the persons known or believed to be interested in the property, of whom, or of
whose claims, he has information.
(3) The award made by the Deputy Commissioner shall, except as here in after provided, be final.
(4) The Deputy Commissioner shall give immediate notice of his award to the persons interested.
(5) The amount of compensation payable for the requisition of any property shall consist of
(a) a recurring payment, in respect of the period of requisition, of a sum equal to the rent which would
have been payable for the use and occupation of the property, if it had been taken on lease for that period ;
and
(b]
Such sum, if any, as may be found necessary to compensate the persons interested for all or any of
the following matters, namely:
(i) Expenses on account of vacating the requisitioned property;
(ii) expenses on account of reoccupying the property upon release from requisition, and
(iii) damages, other than normal wear and tear, caused to the property during the period of requisition,
including the expenses that may have to be incurred for restoring the property to the condition in which it
was at the time of requisition.
(6) Where any property is kept under requisition for more than two years, the Deputy Commissioner shall
revise his award regarding the amount payable as compensation under sub-section 5(a).
- 66 -
Section 21: Payment of compensation

(1) On making an award under section 20, the Deputy Commissioner shall tender payment of the
compensation awarded by him to the persons entitled thereto according to the award, and shall pay it to
them unless presented by someone or more of the contingencies mentioned in sub-section (2).
to receive the compensation, or if there be any dispute as to the title to receive the compensation or as to
the apportionment of I it, the Deputy Commissioner shall keep the amount of the compensation in a deposit
account in the Public Account of the Republic which shall be deemed payment of the compensation for the
requisitioned property without any prejudice to the claim of the parties to be determined by the Arbitrator;
Provided that any person admitted to be interested may receive such payment under protest as to the
sufficiency of the amount:
Provided further that no person who has received the amount otherwise] than under protest shall be
entitled to make any application under section 28;
Provided further that nothing herein contained shall affect the liability of any person, who may receive the
whole or any part of any compensation awarded] under this part, to pay the same to the person lawfully
entitled thereto.
Section 22: Recovery of money from Allottees of Requisitioned Property
Where any requisitioned property is allotted to, and placed in possession of any person, the Deputy
Commissioner may recover from such person such amount of money] and in such manner as may be
prescribed.
Section 23: Repair of requisitioned property
(1) During the period of requisition, the Deputy Commissioner shall be responsible for the proper
maintenance of a requisitioned property.
(2) If the Deputy Commissioner is satisfied that repairs are necessary to prevent deterioration of the
property, he may, after giving the owner an opportunity of making the repairs himself, cause the repairs to
be made at a cost not exceeding one-sixth of the compensation payable to the owner and such cost shall
be recovered out of such compensation.
Section 24: Release from Requisition
(1) Where any requisitioned property is to be released from the requisition, the Deputy Commissioner may
restore it to the person from whom the property was requisitioned or to his successor-in-interest or to such
other person as may appear to the Deputy Commissioner to be entitled to such restoration.
(2) The delivery of possession of the requisitioned property to the person referred to in sub-section (1) shall
be a full discharge of the Deputy Commissioner to in sub-section (1) shall be a full discharge of the Deputy
Commissioner from all liability in respect of such delivery, but shall not prejudice any right in respect of the
property which any other person may be entitled by the process of law to enforce against the person to
whom possession of the property is so delivered.
Provided that when the requisitioned property is to be restored on release from requisition willfully neglects
or refuse to take delivery of the requisitioned property on being directed in writing to take possession of
such requisitioned property by the Deputy Commissioner, such requisitioned property shall be deemed to
have been restored to such person within the meaning of this subsection with effect from the date and time
specified in the aforesaid direction.
(3)Where the person to whom possession of any requisitioned property is to be delivered cannot be found
and has no agent or other person empowered to accept delivery on his behalf, the Deputy Commissioner
shall cause a notice declaring that the property is released from requisition to be affixed on some
conspicuous part of the property and shall also publish the notice in the official Gazette.
(4)When a notice referred to in sub-section (3) is published in the official gazette, the property specified in
such notice shall cease to be subject to requisition from the date of such publication and be deemed to
have been delivered to the person entitled to possession thereof, and the Deputy commissioner shall not
be liable for any compensation or other claim in respect of the property for any period after the said date.
Section 25: Eviction of allottees
Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force, if any property under
requisition, which has been allotted to any person or is in unauthorized occupation of any person, is
required by the deputy commissioner for any other use or purpose during the period of requisition or for
- 67 -
restoring the properly under section 24 on its release from requisition, or if the allottee of such property has
defaulted in payment of any sum due from him in respect of such property, the Deputy Commissioner may.
At any time by order in writing, direct such person or allottee to vacate the property by such date as may be
specified in such order, and if such person or allottee does not vacate the property by the date so specified,
the Deputy Commissioner may evict such person or allottee from such property and may use or cause to
be used such force for the purpose as may be necessary.
Section 26: Part not to apply to cantonment
Nothing in this part shall apply to any property within the limits of a cantonment.
PART -IV Arbitration
Section 27: Appointment of arbitrator
For the purposes of this ordinance the Government shall by notification in the official Gazette, appoint a
Arbitrator for such area as may be specified therein.
Section 37: Power to enter and inspect(1) With a view to acquiring or requisitioning any property or determining the compensation payable in
respect thereof or securing compliance with an order made under this Ordinance, the Deputy
Commissioner or any officer, generally or Specially authorized by the Deputy Commissioner in this behalf,
and any of the assistants and workmen may:
(a) enter upon and survey and take levels of any property;
(b) inspect any property or anything therein;
(c) measure and set out the boundaries and prepare a plan of any property and the intended line of the
work, if any, proposed to be made thereon;
(d) mark such levels, boundaries and line by placing marks and cutting trenches, and , where otherwise the
survey cannot be completed and the levels taken and the boundaries and line marked, cut down and clear
away any part of any standing crop, tree or jungle:
Provided that no person shall enter upon any property without the consent of the occupier thereof unless at
least twenty-four hours pervious notice in writing of his intention to do so has been given.
(2) The Deputy Commissioner or the officer authorized by him under sub-section (1), shall, at the time of
entry upon any property, pay or tender for all necessary damage to be done to such property, and, in case
of dispute as to the sufficiency of the amount so paid or tendered, the decision of the Deputy Commissioner
shall be final.
Section 38: Power to obtain information
With a view to acquiring or requisitioning any property or determining the compensation payable in respect
thereof, the Deputy Commissioner, may, by order in writing, require any person to furnish to such officer or
authority, as may be specified, information relating to any property which is acquired or requisitioned, or
intended to be acquired or requisitioned, under this Ordinance.
- 68 -
Annex 1104(b)
Notice for Proposal to Acquire Property
FORM-A
[See sub-rule (1) of rule 4]
Acquisition Case No..of 200..
Date of issue:
NOTICE
Whereas the property described in the Schedule below is needed or is likely to be needed for the public
purpose of . and in the public interest;
Now, therefore, in pursuance of the provisions of Section 3 of the Acquisition and Requisition of
Immovable Property Ordinance, 1982 (II of 1982), it is hereby notified for the information of all concerned
that the said property is proposed to be acquired by the Government.
Any person interested in the said property may, within 15 days after publication of this notice,
file objection against the proposed acquisition of property to the undersigned.
The Schedule
PlotNo(s): ..
Khatian No(s):
Mouza: .
PS:
Total area:
Dated the..200..
Deputy Commissioner
......................
District
- 69 -
Annex 1107(a)
Public Notice for Acquisition of any Property
FORM-B
See sub-rule (1) of rule 4
Acquisition Case No.of 200..
NOTICE
To.. (Owner/occupier/interested persons in the property)
Notice is hereby given as required under Section 6 of the Acquisition and Requisition of
Immovable Property Ordinance. 1982 (I! of 1982), that the Government has decided to acquire the
property described in the schedule below and intends to take possession thereof.
The owner/occupier/persons interested in the said property is/are hereby called upon to
appear personally or by authorized agent before the undersigned on.(date) at the
office of .... at (time) to ..
(1) state the nature of the respective interests in the said property and particular of their
claims for such interests ; and
(2) make or deliver a statement containing so far as may be practicable, the name of every
other person possessing any interest in the said property or any part thereof as cosharer, mortgagee or otherwise, and of the nature of such interest and profits, if any,
received or receivable on account thereof.
The Schedule
Dated .the.200
Deputy Commissioner
.District
- 70 -
Annex 1107(c)
Public Notice to Occupier or Person interested in Property

FORM-C
[See sub-rule (1) of rule 4]
Acquisition case No. .................................. of 20..
NOTICE
To ...............................................................................................................
Notice is hereby given as required under sub-section (3) of section 7 of the Acquisition and
Requisition of Immovable Property Ordinance, 1982 (II of 1982)1 that you have been treated as the
person/persons interested in the above case subject to verification of rights and title and in my opinion
compensation at the following rates be allowed to you :
Compensation for land per hectare
@Tk .............. total Tk ..............
Compensation for structure
@Tk ................. total Tk ..............
Compensation for other property
@Tk ............... total Tk ........

Total Tk:
The sum payable to you is Tk ......................................

You should appear before me personally or by a duly authorised agent on or before
...................................... (date) for receiving the payment after confirmation of title by the Kanungo.
Dated, the200
Deputy Commissioner
..........................
District
- 71 -
Annex 1110(1)
Declaration to be Published in the Official Gazette by Deputy Commissioner
FORM-D
Acquisition Case No. of 200..
DECLARATION
Whereas the property described in the schedule below has been decided to be acquired and
compensation there for has been paid or is deemed to have been paid in pursuance of section 10 of the
Acquisition and Requisition of Immovable Property Ordinance, 1982 (II of 1982);
Now, therefore, in pursuance of sub-section (2) of section 11 of the said Ordinance, I am pleased to
declare that the said property stands acquired and vests absolutely in the Government free from all
encumbrances:
The Schedule
Plot No(s): ..
Khatian No(s):
Mouza: .
PS:
Total area:
Dated the200..
Deputy Commissioner
......................
District
- 72 -
Section 2: Land Management

1117
Land Management-General
The management of railway land should be guided by the Railway Act, Engineering Code, and land
management policies of the railway administration as updated from time to time. Railway land management
comprises of two main types of activities, i.e., commercial use of railway land and recovery of possession of
encroached lands. Both activities have been discussed in this section:
(a) Arranging for the commercial use of some railway land for agriculture, fisheries, nurseries and other
uses for the benefit of the railway and the public at large, as per the policies and rules of the railway
administration.
(b) Recovery of possession of railway lands which have been encroached upon, by evicting unauthorized
occupants in accordance with the extant legal and administrative procedures and ensure preservation of
recovered land by the Civil Engineering Department.
Note: This section provides guidance on the subject of land management based on the extant policy vide
Ministry of Communications (Railway Administration Branch) Notification No Zoam/RA PRA/Nithemala47/2004-200 dated 15 March 2006, which was published in the Gazette Extraordinary dated 23 March
2006, which notification supersedes all previous orders, directives and instructions on the subject. Readers
are advised to take cognizance of any revisions/amendments/updating done by the government and/or
railway administration in the future.
1118
Responsibilities for Land Management
(a) The management and administration of railway land is the responsibility of the Estate Department in
each zone, which is headed by Chief Estate Officer. The Chief Estate officer reports to the General
Manager and through him to the Director General. He is assisted by Estate Officer at headquarters and
Divisional Estate Officers on the Divisions.
(b) Notwithstanding the statements made elsewhere in this Manual, the Divisional Estate Officers will be
responsible for all aspects of land management within their respective jurisdictions on the divisions. In the
performance of their duties they will be assisted by officers and staff on the divisions and at headquarters
so that the valuable land assets of the Bangladesh Railway may be effectively used and preserved. The
work of the Divisional Estate Officers is assigned and overseen by the Chief Estate Officer.
1119
Licensing Railway Land - Rules
(a) The Government through the Ministry of Communications (MOC) has framed rules and procedures for
the management, administration, licensing, and rates of license fee for railway land at different locations
and for different uses. These are laid down in the Ministry of Communications (Railway Administration
Branch) Notification No Zoam/RA PRA/Nithemala-47/2004-200 dated 15 March 2006, which was published
in the Gazette Extraordinary dated 23 March 2006. This Notification supersedes all previous orders,
directives and instructions on the subject and lays down detailed guidelines for the management of railway
land including its licensing in different categories.
(b) The provisions and procedures given in this Section are based on English translation of the original
Bengali language text of the Governments Notification. The English translation is not authenticated,
therefore for any clarifications; reference should be made to the original notification in the Bengali
language.
(c) The principal guidelines in the Governments Notification shall not be relaxed, except under special
circumstances and with prior approval of Minister of Communications on the basis of recommendations to
be made by Chief Estate Officer/General Manager/Additional Director General (Operation), Additional
Director General (Finance) and Additional Director General (Infrastructure) and the Director General of
Bangladesh Railway.
- 73 -
1120
Maintenance of Railway Land Records
(a) The Divisional Estate Officers shall collect the original copies of all documents relating to the acquisition
of railway land within their respective jurisdiction and maintain these in a bound volume. This original record
shall be preserved in the office of the Chief Estate Officer, and one copy thereof shall be kept in the offices
of Divisional Estate Officer, Director General of Bangladesh Railway and Ministry of Communications.
(b) Divisional Estate officers shall survey all railway land on Mouzi Wari situated in their respective
jurisdictions and maintain sectional maps in pocket book size. The Estate and Engineering Departments
shall jointly ascertain the boundary of railway land and ensure its maintenance by erecting walls, pillars and
posts. The Chief Engineer shall coordinate the completion of works for maintenance of land boundaries.
1121
Classification of Railway Land
Railway land shall be classified in to the following three categories:

Category 1: Land which is being used at present and will be used in the future;
Category 2: Land which is not used at present but may be needed in the future; and
Category 3: Land which is not needed for railway purposes.
1122
Guidelines for Commercial Use of Railway Land
The commercial use of railway land shall be done on the basis of its classification category, as follows:
(1) Category 1 land shall not be licensed under any circumstances. Such lands shall be kept completely
free of any adverse possession.
(2) Commercial licensing of Category 2 land may be considered after reserving land for the following:
(a) Development needs of the railway in the next 100 years and for building the Trans-Asian Railway.
(b) Day to day demand of container traffic.
(c) Third and fourth railway lines for commuter trains in greater Dhaka City.
(d) Rail commuter transportation, Trans-Asian Railway and other needs in other metropolitan cities
including Chittagong.
1123
Procedures for Licensing of Railway Land
Railway land in Category 2, which is surplus to the requirements stated in paragraph 1119(2) may be
licensed for commercial use for agriculture, fisheries, nurseries and other uses for short periods of time. For
licensing of such land the procedures are outlined in the paragraphs below.
1124
License of Railway land for Commercial Purposes
(1) Land Allotment Committees

Land allotment committees have been constituted in three tiers for licensing of railway land for commercial
purposes. These are as follows:
(a) The Central Land Allotment Committee has been constituted, comprising of Director General as
President, Additional Director General (Infrastructure), Additional Director General (Finance) and Additional
Director General (Operation) as members and Joint Director General (Engineering) as member-secretary.
- 74 -
(b) At headquarters of each zone, the land allotment committee will comprise General Manager as
president, Chief Engineer and Chief Traffic Manager as members and Chief Estate Officer as membersecretary.
(c) In each division, a Divisional Land Allotment Committee shall be constituted.
(2) Preparation of Master Plan and Licensing Procedure
(a) Grant of license for railway land in Divisional towns shall be based on the master plan which will be
signed by Additional Director General (Infrastructure) and shall be approved by Director General. In other
cases General Manager's prior approval is to be obtained on the master plans prepared by the Chief Estate
Officer or Divisional Estate Officer.
(b) Licensing by Tender to the highest Bidder
(i) After preparation of schedule for each plot of land as per the Master Plan,
arrangement shall be made to publish tender in the newspapers and license to the
highest bidder. The minimum rates of license fee have been stipulated by location and
nature of land use in the Governments notification dated 15 March 2006, quoted above.
(ii) If the quoted bid is less than the Governments minimum license fee rate, the tender
shall be re-invited. Acceptance of tender for licensed plots of land shall be done by the
following authorities based on the total price quoted in the tender:
Authority
General Manager
Director General
Ministry of Communications
Amount of Tender (Taka)

Up to 500,000
Up to and including 1000,000
More than 1000,000
(iii) The value of the tender schedule and other conditions of the tender are to be fixed by
the Central Land Allotment Committee.
(c) Licensed plots shall be registered as per rules of the Government.
(d) Permanent structures shall not be built on licensed plots of land. Only semi-pucca structures may be
built on the basis of prior approval of plans by the Chief Estate Officer and the concerned City Development
Authority.
(e) Master Plan showing the plot number, duly signed by the Divisional Estate Officer, shall be included in
the licensing agreement. The plan containing the number and schedule of the land shall be stated in the
contract.
(3) Licensing to Government, Semi-government, and Autonomous bodies
The Chief Estate Officer, with the prior approval of the General Manager, may license railway land
temporarily, at fixed rate, to the government, semi-government, and autonomous bodies for the purposes of
their activities such as pipe line, gas line, telephone and power lines, barrage, roads, drains and others.
Licensing in Dhaka, Chittagong, Rajshahi and Khulna metropolitan cities may be done only with prior
approval of the Director General.
(4) Licensing to Educational and Religious Institutions
A token fee is to be collected from the educational and religious institutions such as schools, colleges,
madrasha, mosques which have already been licensed railway land earlier. The token fee is to be fixed by
the Government. No new licensing of railway land for establishment of educational institutions, religious
- 75 -
and other organizations may be done without the approval of the Railway Division, Ministry of
Communications.
(5) Exceptions for Licensing
(a) Railway land shall not be licensed for establishment of any society, club, labor and political organization.
Under no circumstances may railway land be licensed for residential purposes.
(b) In case a railway plot is near to or attached to the premises of business organization, and its licensing to
another through tender would hamper free access and have other disadvantages, the plot may be licensed
to that business organization with the approval of the Director General at a rate 10 percent more than the
normal licensing rate.
(6) Licensing in Station Area
(a) The office of the Chief Traffic Manager/Chief Commercial Manager shall arrange to license the open
and covered places within the railway station area to the user for the benefit of transportation of their goods
on the railway. This shall be done on the joint recommendation by Chief Traffic Manager and Chief Estate
Officer and with the approval of the General Manager. The Traffic department alone can license the open
and covered places on the platforms. No railway land shall be licensed for storage of materials
transportable by rail.
(b) Canteen, tea stall or fruit shop in the station area including building and platform may be licensed by the
Traffic Department. Book stall shall be licensed by the public relations office. With a view to avoid
congestion in public places, the number and nature of stalls shall be limited as per guidelines issued with
approval of Director General.
(c) The Traffic Department may license any unused room(s) located in the station building and any space
on the platform for commercial activities and canteen purposes on a yearly basis, with approval of General
Manager.
(d) Railway contractors may be licensed railway land plots for specific purposes at 20 percent rebate rate
with approval of the General Manager. The contractor can not use the licensed space for any purpose other
than the purpose for which it is licensed. On expiry of the license period the contractor shall hand over the
vacant possession to the authority concerned, failing which the structure thus built along with all belongings
therein shall be taken over by the railway. Final bill shall not be paid to the contractor unless certificate by
Divisional Estate Officer and Divisional Engineer to the effect that the possession of licensed railway space
is handed over to the concerned authority.
(7) Licensing of Advertisement Boards
Licensing of advertisement boards, bill boards and other boards on railway land on the basis of maps
signed jointly by the Chief Engineer, Chief Traffic Manager and Chief Estate Officer shall be done by the
public relations office, with prior approval of the General Manager. In the metropolitan cities of Chittagong,
Sylhet, Khulna, Rajshahi and Barisal such licensing shall be approved by Minister of Communications. The
Licensing period is only one year.
(8) Renewal of License fee
(a) License shall be renewed on payment of license fee for the next year on or before 30th June of each
year, failing which the license agreement shall be renewed by 31st December on payment of license fee
plus 10 percent penalty. In case of failure to do so, the Chief Estate Officer may consider each case on
merits and renew the license by 30th June on payment of license fee plus 20 percent penalty.
(b) If a licensee failed to pay license fee for two consecutive years, the license will be cancelled and any
structure on railway land shall be confiscated. Subsequently licensing of that plot of land shall be done
through tender.
- 76 -
(c) If a licensee has injunction of High Court for payment of license fee and renewal of license, on vacation
of the suit the license fee may be paid without penalty, subject to approval by Director General on the
recommendation of the General Manager.
(9) Licensing of Land at Ghats
(a) Licensing fee for commercial land at Tistamuk, Bahadurabad and Balashi Ghats (without master plan)
may be realized from the possessors by the Divisional Estate Officer with the approval of the Chief Estate
Officer.
(b)The Divisional Estate Officer shall maintain a register giving the names of the licensees, addresses and
area of land, and give one copy of the register to the concerned Station Master. The Estate, Engineering
and Commercial officers will ensure that all facilities are provided to passengers as per rules and for the
activities of the railway.
(10) Licensing of Land to Kalayan Trust
(a) On application, plots in the approved master plan may be licensed in favor of Kalayan Trust at 20
percent rebate on the rate fixed, with the approval of the Ministry of Communications on the basis of
recommendation of the General Manager.
(b) The land already licensed by the Estate department shall not be licensed to Kalayan Trust.
(c) If land beyond the Master plan is licensed in favor of Kalayan Trust, the General Manager with
recommendation of Chief Estate Officer will determine the rate of license fee to be charged. Provided that
the date of implementation of the license agreement shall be within 12 months of the date of licensing.
Within this period the agreement is to be executed by paying license fee in full, failing which the license in
favor of Kalayan Trust shall be cancelled.
(11) Licensing of Land to Associated Organizations
The Director General with the recommendation of the General Manager may allot railway land in favor of
associated organizations such as Scouts, Sports Control Board and Womens Welfare Society for their
activities.
(12) Sub-Licensing of Land to another Party
If a licensee, wishes to hand over the licensed land to another party, in that case the Divisional Estate
Officer with the approval of the Divisional Railway Manager may give license to the new entity on payment
of 2-year license fee as mutation fee. All the rules and procedures of these guidelines shall be applicable to
the new licensee.
1125
Licensing of Railway land For Agriculture Purposes
(a) Cultivable railway land shall be licensed for a period of 2 years at a time on the basis of widely
publicized auction. Such land shall be licensed at the rate fixed by government (see Ministry of
Communication Notification dated 15 March 2006). The license fee for the year shall be payable in one
installment, and license agreement shall be executed after payment of the license fee payable within 15
days of the service of demand notice.
(b) Licensing of land to retired railway employees: Cultivable land that is free from adverse possession may
be licensed on priority to retired railway employees on submission of application on the form prescribed by
the railway administration. They will be required to pay the license fee at rates determined by the railway
administration. If there is no application from retired railway employees, the Divisional Estate Officer shall
license the available railway land through widely publicized auction notice.
- 77 -
(c) In the following locations, vacant railway land shall not be licensed, and all earlier licenses will be
treated as cancelled:
(i)
Narayangonj-Tongi section, Chittagong-Fazdharhat section, Chittagong-Jalanir Hat
section, Rajshahi University-Rajshahi-Rajshahi Court section, Khulna-Siromoni section;
(ii)
Within station limits of Saidpur and stations in other district towns;
(iii)
Akhaura, Bhairab, Poradaha, Santahar, Ishardhi, Laksham, Parbatipur Junctions; and
(iv)
Railway colonies and yards.
(d) The licensees shall be required to renew the period of license for the next year before expiry of the
existing license, failing which they will be required to execute the license agreement by paying license fees
plus 10 percent penalty, within six months, otherwise the license shall be treated as cancelled. In special
circumstances, the General Manager with recommendation of Chief Estate Officer may approve the
renewal of license subject to payment of arrears of license fees plus 10 percent penalty for each year.
(e) License plan duly signed by the Divisional Estate Officer with number shall be included in every
agreement. The name of the mouza, number of plot, and khatian shall be stated in the plan.
(f) In case of mutation, the Divisional Estate Officer with approval of Divisional Railway Manager shall grant
mutation application of the concerned licensee subject to payment of 2-year license fee as mutation fee.
1126
Licensing of Railway land for Pisciculture (Fish farming)
(a) Railway reservoirs, tanks, ponds and canals may be licensed for a period of 5 years (on the Bengali
calendar) by call of tender that is widely advertised in newspapers.
Note: The tender should be advertised in at least one Bengali language newspaper and one English
language newspaper, both of wide daily circulation.
(b) Every licensed agreement shall include a plan, bearing a number, which is duly signed by the Divisional
Estate Officer. The total amount of license fees mentioned in the demand notice for the period shall be paid
within 15 days of the demand notice.
(c) Railway tanks, ponds and reservoirs attached to public land, homes and ponds may be licensed to
those public with the approval of the General Manager, without call of tender.
1127
Collection of Tolls from Car parking, Railway Ghats and Bridges
(a) Collection of tolls from car parking and railway ghats may be licensed for a 2-year period after call of
tender that is widely publicized in newspapers.
(b) These licenses are not renewable and the license fees are payable at a time. Collection of tolls from
Ksjur Ghat and Tista Bridges may be licensed for 1 year by Chief Estate Officer.
1128
Licensing of Railway Land for Nursery Purpose
(a) The Chief Estate officer shall prepare plans for nurseries at different locations, and invite tenders for the
award of two-year licenses, with approval of the General Manager. These licenses are renewable for one
year subject to payment of license fee.
(b) The railway land along the newly constructed railway line from Sonandhapur Station to Mouchak Station
shall not be licensed for any purpose other than nurseries and plantation.
- 78 -
(c) The license fee for land licensed for nursery purposes shall be Taka 6,000 per acre.
1129
Licensing of Railway Land for Other Purposes
(a) Railway land for purposes other those mentioned above, such as dairy farming/poultry/national
purposes may be licensed by Chief Estate Officer for a period of five years with approval of the Director
General based on the recommendation of the General Manager. Provided further that no licensing of
railway land for these purposes shall be done within city and municipality areas.
(b) The terms and conditions of the tender for licensing envisaged in paragraph (1) above and the decision
thereof shall be approved by the General Manager. The format of the license agreement shall be approved
by the General Manager.
(c) The license fee shall not be less than the rates applicable for licensing of ponds and reservoirs for
pisciculture.
1130
Licensing of Railway Land not directly required for Railway Purpose
(a) Railway land in Category 3 mentioned in paragraph 1121 above which is not required directly for railway
purposes, may be given on perpetual lease to the Kalayan Trust, subject to prior approval of the Ministry of
Communications.
(b) Licensing of railway land in Category 3 may be done for the following purposes at the existing
commercial rates, subject to approval by the Bangladesh Railway Authority/Ministry of Communications:
(i)
100 percent export-oriented industry;
(ii)
100 percent import substitution industry; and
(iii)
Setting up of facilities for manufacture of machinery parts for use of Bangladesh
Railway.
(c) Licensing or sale of land for building multi-storied commercial complex/residential building/shopping
mall/office space, modern hospital complex may be done with approval of the Minister of Communications.
(d) Leasing of land to Government Organization, registered non-government establishment for 15 years. In
case of perpetual lease, lessee will have right of uninterrupted possession if they abide by the terms and
condition of the agreement. For the construction of multi-storied building paragraph 813-E would need to be
relaxed, which will require approval of Minister of Communications on the recommendation to be made by
the Central Land Allotment Committee.
(e) Licensing of railway land for setting up compressed natural gas (CNG) factory and refueling station.
(i)
Allotment of railway land for establishment of CNG/petrol/diesel filling stations shall
be done as per the procedures laid down by the Ministry of Communications.
(ii)
A maximum area of one bigha of railway land may be allotted for this purpose.
(iii)
In the first phase the allotment shall be for a period of 10 years, and the second
phase allotment shall be for 5 years, with a total of 15 years.
(iv)
The leasing rate per bigha per month shall be Taka 15,000 for Dhaka City; Taka
10,000 per month for Chittagong City, Narayangonj and Tongi; Taka 5,000 for other
metropolitan cities and Taka 3,000 for other cities.
(v)
The security money shall be Taka 1000,000 for Dhaka and Taka 500,000 for other
cities.
- 79 -
(vi)
Persons or organizations shall be required to execute and sign the licensing
agreement within two months from the date of receipt of the allotment letter, failing which the
allotment shall be treated as cancelled.
(vii)
The CNG station shall be constructed and put into operation within six months of
taking over possession of the land and signing the agreement.
(viii) If the allotted/leased land is required for construction of a new railway line, extension
or other works, the railway licensing authority can cancel the lease agreement by serving a
six months notice. The lessee shall not be entitled for any compensation for the cancellation
of lease..
1131
Procedure for the Collection of License Fee for Railway Land
(a) The Chief Estate Officer shall arrange to publish notice in the daily newspapers of wide circulation for
payment of due license fee in the month of February of each year.
(b) the Divisional Estate Officer shall maintain separate registers according to the nature of land and
purpose of licensing, stating details of the licenses.
(c) The Divisional Estate Officer shall reconcile the amount of license fees collected with the office of
Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer and Traffic Accounts, Chittagong. The Chief Estate officer
shall supervise and ensure the collection of the license fees.
Section 3: Recovery of Possession of Unauthorized Occupation
1132
Legal Framework for Recovery of Possession
(a) The eviction of unauthorized occupants from public premises is regulated by the provisions of The
Government and Local Authority Lands and Buildings (Recovery of Possession) Ordinance, 1970
(Ordinance XXIV of 1970) (hereinafter called the 1970 Ordinance). This Ordinance was promulgated with
the objective to provide the civil authorities with the legal instruments and powers for recovery of
possession and assessment and recovery of compensation and arrear rent from unauthorized occupants of
Government and Local Authority lands and buildings, including lands and buildings owned by the railway.
(b) Under the 1970 Ordinance (Section 2(b)), the Deputy Commissioner of the District and such other
persons as may be appointed by the Government to perform the functions of a Deputy Commissioner
under this Ordinance may take action under the law for recovery of possession by eviction of unauthorized
occupants. The full text of the 1970 Ordinance is reproduced at Annex 1132(b). The main provisions of this
Ordinance have been discussed in the paragraphs below.
(c) In exercise of the powers conferred by Section 2(b) of the 1970 Ordinance, the Government has
appointed Divisional Engineers, Divisional Estate Officers and Estate Officers (at headquarters) of the
Bangladesh Railway to perform the functions of a Deputy Commissioner under the said Ordinance, only in
respect of the railway lands and buildings. The Governments notifications are reproduced at Annex
1132(c)-1 to 3.
1133
Main Provisions of the 1970 Ordinance
(1) Eviction of Outgoing Lessee from Land or Building

(a) On the expiry of the period of a lease in respect of any land or building of the railway or on the
determination of such lease according to the terms and conditions thereof, if the lessee refused or failed to
vacate that land or building then under the law the authorized railway officer, having jurisdiction, shall on
the basis of information received from railway officials, re-enter upon the demised land or building and
recover possession thereof by evicting the lessee and by demolishing and removing structures, if any,
erected or built thereon by the lessee (Section 3 of the 1970 Ordinance).
- 80 -
(b) Provided that the authorized railway officer shall, before demolishing and removing any structures under
this section, issue, in the prescribed manner a notice on the lessee calling upon him to remove such
structures within a period of thirty (30) days from the date of service of the notice.
(c) Section 4 of the 1970 Ordinance provides the basis for determination of lease where the lessee of a
building or part thereof is an employee of the Government including Bangladesh Railway.
(2) Eviction of Unauthorized Occupant
(a) Under Section 5(1) of the 1970 Ordinance, the authorized railway officer, on his own motion or on the
complaint of or upon information received, is satisfied after making such inquiry as he thinks fit, that a
person is an unauthorized occupant, he may issue, in the prescribed manner, a notice directing such
person to vacate the land, building or part thereof in his occupation within, a period of thirty days from the
date of service of the notice.
(b) If the person, against whom notice has been issued as in the paragraph above, fails to vacate the land,
building or part thereof in his occupation within the time given in the notice, then, it is lawful for the
authorized railway officer to enter upon such land, building or part thereof and recover possession of the
same by evicting such person and by demolishing and removing structures, if any, built by that person
(Section 5(2) of 1970 Ordinance).
(3) Recovery of Possession, Penalties and Forfeiture
(a) For the purpose of recovering possession of any land, building or part thereof under the provisions of
Section 3 or Section 4 or Section 5 of the 1970 Ordinance, the authorized railway officer may use or cause
to be used such force as may be necessary (Section 6 of 1970 Ordinance). The authorized railway officer
may give information to this effect to the Police Station having jurisdiction and thereupon it would be an
offence which shall be punishable with imprisonment or fine (Section 7(1) of the 1970 Ordinance).
(b) Under Section 8 of the Ordinance, after expiry of the notice period, all structures and other properties
remaining on the land, building or part there of, shall be forfeited to the railway.
(4) Compensation for Unauthorized Occupation
For unauthorized occupation of any land, building or part thereof or for any damage caused thereto, the
unauthorized occupant shall be liable to pay to the railway, such compensation as may be assessed by the
authorized railway officer in accordance with the rules (Section 9).
(5) Jurisdiction of Civil Court
As per Section 11 of the 1970 Ordinance, no civil court can grant a temporary or ad interim injunction
restraining the Deputy Commissioner and such other persons as may be appointed by the Government to
perform the functions of a Deputy Commissioner under this Ordinance from taking possession of any land
building or part thereof nor shall question any assessment of compensation made under this Ordinance.
1134
Responsibility for Eviction of Unauthorized Occupation
(a) The problem of unauthorized occupation of railway land, in particular, and buildings has been
exacerbated in recent times due to population and economic pressures. It is imperative that the legal
instruments available under the 1970 Ordinance are effectively used to keep railway lands and buildings
free of unauthorized occupation.
(b) The 1970 Ordinance together with the Governments notifications provide the appointed railway officers
of the Estate and Engineering Departments with the legal authority for eviction of unauthorized occupants
and recovery of possession, and assessment and recovery of compensation and arrear rent from of railway
lands and buildings.
- 81 -
(c) The main responsibility for eviction of unauthorized occupation and recovery of possession of railway
lands and buildings, under the 1970 Ordinance, devolves on the Divisional Estate Officers and the Estate
Officers (at headquarters). The Divisional Estate Officers will have jurisdiction on railway lands and
buildings in their respective divisions, and the Estate Officers (at headquarters) will have jurisdiction over
railway lands and buildings in the city areas of Chittagong, Dacca and Khulna Districts. The Estate Officers
shall work under the overall directions of the Chief Estate Officer.
(d) The Estate Officer will be assisted by the Divisional Engineer and other Civil Engineering staff under
their charge, particularly by providing necessary information when unauthorized occupation of railway land
is noticed during the course of routine inspections of track and works on their jurisdictions.
1135
Procedure for Eviction of Unauthorized Occupants
(1) Step 1
During routine inspections, the officials of the Estate and Engineering Departments must be watchful of any
unauthorized occupation of railway lands and buildings. In case any unauthorized occupation of railway
land and/or building is noticed, staff must collect all necessary information as outlined below:
(a) Date on which encroachment/unauthorized occupation was detected:
(b) Location (District, Police Station, Station/Area, kilometer from/to, Along side railway line, JL Number,
Mouza Number, Plot Number, Road name (in case of buildings), and any other prominent landmarks. A
hand-drawn sketch of the location should be prepared)(Note: JL No. refers to Jurisdiction Limit No. as per
the revenue records):
(c) Description of structure/occupation:
(d) Measurement of area occupied unauthorized:
(e) Person(s) in unauthorized occupation with address (if known):
(f) Any other observations in respect of the unauthorized occupation:
(2) Step 2
At first, the inspecting official must make a preliminary effort to persuade the unauthorized occupant to
vacate the encroachment. In many cases, it should be possible to get the desired result. After vacation the
vulnerable area of land should be properly fenced particularly on the side from which there is likelihood of
unauthorized occupation.
(3) Step 3
(a) If the preliminary effort to get the encroachment vacated is not successful, the unauthorized occupation
must be reported to the Divisional Estate Officer/Estate Officer having jurisdiction, and copies should be
provided to the Divisional Engineer and the Chief Engineer and Chief Estate Officer. The report of
unauthorized occupation should be made on the pro forma at Annex 1135(3), giving all necessary
information collected in Step 1.
(b) The Divisional Estate officer, Estate Officer and Divisional Engineer should record the details of the
unauthorized occupation in a register maintained for that purpose. This register should be updated with
regard to the progress of eviction and recovery of possession of the railway lands and buildings.
- 82 -
(4) Step 4
Along with Step 3, the SSAE (Works) should lodge FIR with the Civil Police authority. The Divisional
Engineer should write to higher police authorities and Divisional Estate Officer for removal of unauthorized
occupation.
(5) Step 5
If Civil Police are not successful in persuading vacation of the encroachment, the Divisional Estate Officer
will issue eviction notice on the prescribed form (Annex 1135(5)) giving 30-days notice or 7-days notice in
case of urgency to vacate the unauthorized occupation.
(6) Step 6
If there is no action on Step 5, then, it is lawful for the Divisional Estate Officer/Estate Officer to enter upon
such unauthorized land/building and recover possession of the same by evicting the unauthorized persons
and by demolishing and removing structures, if any, built by that person. In doing so the Divisional Estate
Officer will request assistance from Bangladesh Police, Government Railway Police, Railway Nirapatta
Bahini (RNB) and Deputy Commissioner, and also request the latter to depute a Magistrate at the site of
eviction on the appointed day/time, and arrange labor/bulldozer as necessary.
(7) Step 7
On the appointed day (a) demolish and remove the unauthorized occupation; (b) establish boundary; (c)
hand over land/building to the Civil Engineering department; (d) provide fencing and, if necessary, arrange
for watchman temporarily to safeguard future unauthorized occupation.
- 83 -
Annex 1132(2)
Rules for Recovery of Possession of Lands and Buildings
(Note: This Annex contains excerpts from the GOVERNMENT AND LOCAL AUTHORITY LANDS AND
BUILDINGS (RECOVERY OF POSSESSION) ORDINANCE, 1970. Whereas all efforts have been made to
reproduce the original text, however for authenticated text reference should be made to the government
published version.)
(Copy of the Governments Ordinance of 1970)
GOVERNMENT OF EAST PAKISTAN
LAW (LEGISLATIVE) DEPARTMENT
East Pakistan Ordinance No. XXIV of 1970
THE EAST PAKISTAN GOVERNMENT AND LOCAL AUTHORITY LANDS AND BUILDINGS (RECOVERY
OF POSSESSION) ORDINANCE, 1970
[Published in the Dacca Gazette, Extraordinary, Part IIIA, dated 18 September 1970]
AN
ORDINANCE
to repeal and with certain amendments, re-enact the East Bengal Government Lands and Buildings
(Recovery of Possession) Act, 1952 and the East Pakistan Government Land (Unauthorizied Occupation)
Ordinance, I960, and to Consolidate the law relating to recovery of possession and assessment and
recovery of compensation and arrear rent from unauthorized occupants of Government and Local Authority
lands ands buildings.
E.B. Act of 1953. E.P. Ord. XIX of 1960
it is expedient to repeal, and with certain amendments, re-enact the East Bengal Government
Lands and Buildings (Recovery of Possession) Act, 1952, and the East Pakistan Government Land
(Unauthorized Occupation) Ordinance, 1960, and to consolidate title law relating to recovery of possession
and assessment and recovery of compensation and arrear rent from unauthorized occupants of
Government and Local Authority lands and buildings;
WHEREAS
Now, THEREFORE, in pursuance pf the Proclamation of the 25th day of March, 1969, read with the
Provisional Constitution Order, and in exercise of all powers enabling him in that behalf, the Governor is
pleased to make and promulgate the following Ordinance:
1. Short Title, extent and commencement
(1) This Ordinance may be called the East Pakistan Government and Local Authority Lands and Buildings
(Recovery of Possession) Ordinance, 1970.
(2) It extends to the whole of East Pakistan.
(3) This Ordinance, in so far as it relates to Government lands and buildings, shall come into force at once
and the Provincial Government may, by notification in the official Gazette extend it to such Local Authority
and from such date as may be specified in the notification.
2. Definitions
In this Ordinance, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context,
(a) "building" means a building which vests in, or is owned by, or is in possession or under the
management and control of, the provincial Government or a Local Authority, and includes the land
appurtenant thereto;
(b) Deputy Commissioner means the Deputy Commissioner of a District and includes an Additional
Deputy Commissioner or a Joint Deputy Commissioner and such other persons as may be appointed by
the Provincial Government to perform all or any of the functions of a Deputy Commissioner under this
Ordinance.
(c) "land" means any land which vests in, or owned by, or is in the possession or under the management
and control of, the Provincial Government or Local Authority and includes any water;
(d) "Local Authority" means a local authority as defined in clause (23) of section 3 of the Bengal General
Clauses Act, 1899;
(e) prescribed means prescribed by the rules made by the Provincial Government under this Ordinance;
(f) "unauthorized occupant" means a person who is in occupation of any land or building or part thereof
without having obtained the express permission or authority of the Provincial Government or the Local
- 84 -
Authority concerned as the case may be and without executing, where necessary, a legal document, and
includes:
(i) a person unlawfully inducted into any land or building or part thereof by the lessee; and
(ii) a lessee who continues in possession of the land or building or part thereof after expiry of term or
determination of lease; and
(g) the words "lease" and "lessee" have the same meanings as in the Transfer of Property Act, 1882, and
the word "lessee" includes his heirs, assigns, legal representatives, members of his family and all persons
inducted by him into the demised land;
3. Eviction of Outgoing Lessee from Land or Building
If on the expiry, whether before or after the commencement of this Ordinance, of the period of a lease in
respect of any land or building of which the Provincial Government or a Local Authority is the lessor or on
the determination of such lease on the ground of breach of any covenant or on the determination of such
lease according to the terms and conditions of the lease or otherwise, the lessee refused or failed, or
refuses or fails, to vacate that land or building and put the lessor into possession of the same, then, not
withstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force or in any contract, it shall be
lawful for the Deputy Commissioner on his own motion or on the complaint of or upon information received
from anybody of a Local Authority, at any time after the expiry or determination of the lease, to re-enter
upon the demised land or building and recover khas possession thereof by evicting the lessee and by
demolishing and removing structures, if any, erected or built thereon by the lessee:
Provided that the Deputy Commissioner shall, before demolishing and removing any structures under this
section, issue, in the prescribed manner a notice on the lessee calling upon him to remove such structures
within a period of thirty (30) days from the date of service of the notice.
4. Determination of Lease and Recovery of Building in Certain Cases
(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force or any contract, where
the lessee of a building or part of a building is a servant of Government in Pakistan or of a Local Authority,
the lease in respect of such building or part shall, in addition to the modes mentioned in section III of the
transfer of Property Act 1882, terminate:
(a) on the suspension, discharge, removal, dismissal, resignation, retirement or death of such servant or on
his transfer from the station in which he is employed to any other station; or
(b) on the transfer of the lessee's interest by assignment, mortgage, sublease or in any other manner.
(2) On the determination of a lease in respect of a building or part of a building in the manner stated in subsection (1) or in any of the modes mentioned in section III of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882, the lessee
or the person claiming through him shall, notwithstanding anything contained elsewhere in' the said Act or
in any other law for the time being in force or in any contract; forthwith put the lessor into possession of
such building or part, failing which it shall be lawful for the Deputy Commissioner to re-enter and recover
khas possession of the same by evicting the lessee or the person claiming through him:
Provided that the Deputy Commissioner shall, before re-entering such building or part of a building, issue,
in the prescribed manner, a notice on such lessee or person calling upon him to vacate the same within a
period of thirty days from the date of service of the notice.
5. Eviction of Unauthorized Occupant
(1) If the Deputy Commissioner, on his own motion or on the complaint of or upon information received
from anybody or a Local Authority, is satisfied after making such inquiry as he thinks fit, that a person is an
unauthorized occupant, he may issue, in the prescribed manner, a notice directing such person to vacate
the land, building or part thereof in his occupation within, a period of thirty days from the date of service of
the notice.
(2) If the person, against whom an order under sub-section (1) has been made, refuses or fails to vacate
the land, building or part thereof in his occupation within the time fixed, then, notwithstanding anything
contained in any other law for the time being in force, it shall be lawful for the Deputy Commissioner to
enter upon such land, building or part thereof and recover khas possession of the same by evicting such
person and by demolishing and removing structures, if any, erected or built by that person.
- 85 -
6. Mode of Recovery of Possession

For the purpose of recovering khas possession of any land, building or part thereof under the provisions of
section 3 or section 4 or section 5, the Deputy Commissioner may use or cause to be used such force as
may be necessary.
7. Penalties
(1) Notwithstanding anything contained elsewhere in this Ordinance or in any other law for the time being in
force, if a Deputy Commissioner, an Additional Deputy Commissioner, a Joint Deputy Commissioner or a
Sub-divisional Officer, on his own motion or on the complaint of or upon an information received from
anybody, is satisfied after making such inquiry as he may think fit, that a person is an unauthorized
occupant of any land or building or part thereof, he may give or cause to be given an information to that
effect to the Police Station having jurisdiction and thereupon it would be an offence which shall be
punishable with imprisonment of either description for a term not exceeding two years or with fine which
may extend to rupees one thousand or with both.
(2) An offence punishable under sub-section (1) shall be a cognizable and non-bailable offence to be tried
in accordance with the warrant procedure as laid down in the Code of Criminal Procedure.
8. Forfeiture
All structures and other properties remaining on the land, building or part thereof, after expiry of the period
specified in the notice under section 3 or section 4 or section 5, shall be forfeited to the Provincial
Government or the Local Authority, as the case may be,
9. Compensation for Unauthorized Occupation
(1) For unauthorized occupation of any land, building or part thereof or for any damage caused thereto, the
unauthorized occupant shall be liable to pay to the Provincial Government or to the Local Authority, as the
case may be, such compensation as may be assessed by the Deputy Commissioner in accordance with
the rules to be made in this behalf by the Provincial Government.
(2) As soon as an assessment has been made under sub-section (1), the Deputy Commissioner shall serve
on the assessee, in the prescribed manner, a notice of such assessment, directing him to pay the amount
within a period of thirty days from the date of service of the notice.
(3) Any amount due under sub-section (2) or if the rent payable for lease in respect of any land, building or
part of any building has been in arrear, such amount or rent shall be recoverable as public demand under
the provisions of Bengal Public Demands Recovery Act, 1913.
10. Appeal
Any person aggrieved by an order made under section 3 or section 4 or 5 or section 9 may prefer an
appeal to the Commissioner of the Division within thirty days of the service of notice and the decision of the
Commissioner on such an appeal shall be final.
11. Bar to Jurisdiction of Civil Court
No civil court shall pass an order in any suit or proceeding granting a temporary or ad interim injunction
restraining the Deputy Commissioner from taking possession of any land building or part thereof under this
Ordinance nor shall call in question any assessment of compensation made under this Ordinance.
12. Public Servant
Any person authorised to exercise any power or discharge any duty under this Ordinance shall be deemed
to be a public servant under section 21 of the Pakistan Penal code.
13. Indemnity
(1)No suit or legal proceeding shall lie against the provincial Government or a Local Authority in respect of
anything which is in good faith, done or intended to be done under this Ordinance.
(2) No suit, prosecution or legal proceeding shall lie against any person in respect of anything which is, in
good faith, done or intended to be done under this Ordinance.
14. Power to Make Rules
The Provincial Government may make rules for the purpose of carrying out this Ordinance.
- 86 -
15. Repeal and Savings

(1) The East Bengal Government Land and Buildings (Recovery of Possession) Act, 1952 and the East
Pakistan Government Land (Unauthorized Occupation) Ordinance, 1960, are hereby repealed.
(2) Notwithstanding the repeals, any order issued, any action taken, any proceeding commenced or
anything done under any provision of the aforesaid Act and Ordinance, shall continue to be in force and
shall be deemed to have been issued, taken, or done under this Ordinance and shall have effect
accordingly.
S. M. AHSAN
Vice Admiral
Governor of East Pakistan
DACCA, The 16th September, 1970.
By Order of the Governor

K. F. Akbar
Deputy Secretary to the Government of East Pakistan.
Note. The applicability of the 1970 Ordinance in post-independence Bangladesh was ensured by the
issuance of the following Orders:
1. LAWS CONTINUANCE ENFORCEMENT ORDER, 1971
On the same day in exercise of his powers contained in the Proclamation of Independence Syed Nazrul
Islam, Acting President of Bangladesh promulgated a LAWS CONTINUANCE AND ENFORCEMENT
ORDER in order to establish the laws that were in force in Bangladesh on March 25, 1971, subject to the
Proclamation of Independence. The Laws Continuance Enforcement Order was as follows:
LAWS CONTINUANCE ENFORCEMENT 0RDER
Mujibnagar,
Dated 10th day of April, 1971.
I, Syed Nazrul Islam, the Vice President and Acting President of Bangladesh, in exercise of the powers
conferred on me by the Proclamation of Independence dated tenth day of April 1971 do hereby order that
all laws that were in force in Bangladesh on 25th March, 1971, shall subject to the Proclamation aforesaid
continue to be so in force with such consequential changes as may be necessary on. account of the
creation of the sovereign independent State of Bangladesh formed by the will of the people of Bangladesh
and that all Government officials, civil, military, judicial and diplomatic who take the oath of allegiance to
Bangladesh shall continue in their offices on terms and conditions of service so long enjoyed by them and
that all District Judges and District Magistrates, in the territory of Bang!adesh and all diplomatic
representatives elsewhere shall arrange to administer the oath of allegiance to all government officials
within their jurisdiction.
This order shall be deemed to have come in to effect from 26th day of March, 1971.
Signed: SYED NAZRUL ISLAM Acting President.
2. The Government also clarified that the references in any law to Central Government. Provincial
Government, Pakistan and East Pakistan, shall, unless the, context otherwise requires, be construed as
references to Government of Bangladesh and Bangladesh respectively.
- 87 -
Annex 1132(c)-1
Notification of Divisional Engineers to perform the functions of a Deputy Commissioner
(Copy of the Governments Notification of 1981)
Government of the People's Republic of Bangladesh
Ministry-of Land Administration and Land Reforms, Section -XXIV.
NOTIFICATION.
Memo XXIV-44/79/69.
Dated: 16/9/80.
In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (b) of section 2 of the Government and local Authority Lands
End Buildings (Recovery of possession) Ordinance, 1970(Ordinance No. XXIV of 1970), the Government is
pleased to appoint the Divisional Engineers of Bangladesh Railway to perform the functions of a Deputy
Commissioner under the said Ordinance only in respect of the lands & buildings of Bangladesh Railway
within their respective Jurisdiction
By order of the President.
Sd/(M. H. Hossain)
Joint Secretary,
Tele: 406160.
Ministry-of Railway, Roads, Highways and Road Transport
(R.L. Section).
No.RL/IL-13/80-474/(6)
Dated:-25/9/1980
Copy forwarded for information and necessary action to:1) The Chairman, Bangladesh Railway Board, Chittagong;
2) The Chief Estate Officer, Bangladesh Railway Board, Chittagong;
3) Divisional Railway Manager, Dhaka/Chittagong/Paksey/Lalmonirhat.
(R. Dhar)
Sr.Scale Section officer
Phone 409563.
- 88 -
Annex 1132(c)-2
Notification of Divisional Estate Officers to perform the functions of a Deputy Commissioner
Ministry-of Land Administration and Land Reforms, Section.-XXIV
Notification
No.7-81-20
dated 18-12-81
In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (b) of section 2 of the Government and Local Authority Lands
& Buildings (Recovery of Possession) Ordinance, 1970 (Ordinance XXIV of 1970), the Government is
pleased to appoint the Divisional Estate Officers of Bangladesh Railways to perform the functions of a
Deputy Commissioner under the said Ordinance only in respect of the lands and buildings of Bangladesh
Railway within their respective jurisdiction.
By order of the president.
Sd/(Sanwar Hossain Khan)
Joint Secretary
Memo No.XXIV-7/81/20/1(28)
dated 18-2-81
Copy forwarded of Information & necessary action to the:1) Ministry of Railway, Roads, Highway & Road Transport with reference to their endorsement No. RL/1R4/80(pt)-631(10) dt 28.12.80.
2) Chief Estate officer, Bangladesh Railway Board, C.R.B. Ctg with Reference to his No.CEO/4/Power date
27.12.80.
3) Divisional Commissioner, Khulna/Chittagong/Dhaka.
4) Deputy Commissioner Khulna/Chittagong
5) Section Officer-II, V, VI of this Ministry.
- 89 -
Annex 1132(c)-3
Notification of Estate officer in headquarter to perform the functions of a Deputy Commissioner
Ministry-of Land Administration and Land Reforms, Section.-XXIV
Notification
No.7-81-192
dated 24-12-81
The exercise of the power conferred by clause (b) of section of the Government and Local Authority Lands
and Buildings (Recovery of Possession) Ordinance, 1970(Ordinance No. XXIV of 1970), the Government is
pleased to appoint the Estate officer, working in headquarter of Bangladesh Railway, Chittagong to
perform the functions of a Deputy Commissioner under the said Ordinance in respect of land and buildings
of Bangladesh Railway within the city areas of Chittagong, Dhaka and Khulna Districts.
By order of the president.
Sd/(Sanwar Hossain Khan)
Joint Secretary-in- charge
Memo No.-7/01-192/1(12)
Copy forwarded for information and necessary action to the:1) Ministry of Railway, Roads, Highway & Road Transport with reference to their Memo No.RL/11-35/81601 dated 30.11.81. The Power given to the Divisional Estate Officer and Divisional Engineers should be
exercised in the areas notified above.
2) Chief Estate officer, Bangladesh Railway Board, C.R.B. Ctg.
3) Divisional Commissioner, Khulna/Chittagong/Dhaka.
4) Deputy Commissioner Khulna/Chittagong
5) Superintendent, Government press, Tadgaon, Dhaka for favor of publication of this Notification in the
next issue of the Gazette.
6) Section Officer-II, V, VI of this Ministry.
M.Anisuzzaman
Section Officer
- 90 -
Annex 1135(3)
Pro forma for Reporting Occurrence of Unauthorized Occupation of Railway Lands and Buildings
..Zone
Information with respect to unauthorized occupation:
(i) Date on which unauthorized occupation was noticed/detected:
(ii) Location (District, Police Station, Station/Area, kilometer from/to, Along side railway line, Mouza
Number, Plot Number, Road name (in case of buildings), and any other prominent landmarks. A handdrawn sketch of the location should be prepared):
(iii) Description of structure/occupation:
(iv) Measurement of area occupied unauthorized:
(v) Person(s) in unauthorized occupation with address (if known):
(vi) Any other observations in respect of the unauthorized occupation:
Signature
Name
Designation
Date
First information report of unauthorized occupation submitted to:
Divisional Estate Officer .
Estate Officer.
Divisional Engineer ..
(Cross out not applicable)
Copy forwarded to:
Divisional Engineer
Assistant Executive Engineer ..
Senior Sub Assistant Engineer (Way) .
Chief Estate Officer
Chief Engineer
- 91 -
Annex 1135(5)
Notice for Unauthorized Occupation under 1970 Ordinance
Bangladesh Railway
Form No 111
Rule (5)
To,
Mr/Mrs .
S/o, Spouse.
VillP.O.
PS.Dist.
As because the undersigned is confirmed that, you have unauthorized occupied Railway land/buildings and
still continuing efforts to keep the same under your unauthorized occupation.
As such and now under provision of Ordinance XXIV of 1970, Rule(5), Sub Rule(1) delegated power, you
are instructed and ordered that, you will clear unauthorized occupation and hand over vacant possession of
land/buildings to SSAE/Works or Station Master or Kanungo or Amin within 7 (seven) days .
Failing which under provision of Sub Rule (2) of the above said rule, action will be taken for evicting you
from unauthorized occupation and under provision of Rule 8 of the said Ordinance, and materials obtained
out of eviction will be forfeited.
Schedule of Railway Land/Buildings
Dist...PS..Station/AreaKm.within.....to..
By the side of Railway Line....., Mouza no.. Plot no
Description of structure/occupation..
Measurement.
Deputy Commissioner (Railway Lands and Buildings)

and Divisional Estate Officer, Bangladesh Railway
- 92 -
CHAPTER XII
EXECUTION OF WORKS
Notes: (1) Reference should be made to Bangladesh Railway Engineering Code. (2) On Bangladesh
Railway all major projects and works including track renewal works, which are financed out of Development
Budget are executed by the Projects Management Organization headed by General Manager (Projects),
who is assisted by Engineer-in-Chief and Executive Engineers. In the case of works executed by the
Projects Organization, references in this Chapter to General Manager, Chief Engineer and Divisional
Engineer should be read as General Manager (Projects), Engineer-in-Chief and Executive Engineer,
respectively.
1201
Commencement of Work
(a) The commencement of a work or the incurrence of any liability thereon should, as a rule be authorized
by the competent authority by a written order sanctioning the detailed estimate thereof and allotting the
requisite funds. In rare cases where verbal orders have to be acted upon, the officer complying with the
verbal orders should solicit written confirmation of such orders within a reasonable time. Unless it can be
shown that the complying officer has conformed to this rule, the responsibility for the expenditure incurred
will rest with him.
(b) No work shall be started and no liability or expenditure incurred on a work unless all the following
conditions are fulfilled:
(i)
It is an approved list of works or has been specially ordered on inspection, or
approved by competent authority;
(ii)
Detailed estimate has been sanctioned;
(iii)
Requisite funds have been definitely allotted;
(iv)
Drawings for works has been approved by competent authority;
(v)
Where necessary, sanction of the Government Inspector of Bangladesh Railway has
been obtained.
(c) This rule pertaining to preparation of estimates shall not apply in the following cases:
(i)
For the construction or purchase of new work or asset under the category of new
minor works if estimated to cost up to Taka 500,000;
(ii)
For renewals and replacements of assets charged to Revenue and Depreciation
Reserve Fund if estimated to cost up to Taka 500,000; and
(iii) For repairs and reconditioning of existing assets if estimated to cost up to Taka
500,000.
1202
Urgent Works
(a) In addition to the exception mentioned in the preceding paragraph, expenditure or liability may be
incurred prior to the receipt of sanction of the authority competent to sanction the estimates in the case of
works which are considered to be urgently necessary to safe guard life or property or to repair damage to
the line caused by flood, accident or other unforeseen contingency, so as to restore or maintain through
communications.
(b) Report on Urgent Works: In the case of urgently necessary works, the Divisional Engineer must at once
submit a report to the Chief Engineer for arranging approval of the Railway Administration for the work and
- 93 -
allotment of the required funds. The report related to urgent works should be submitted in the format at
Annex 1202(b) containing the following information:
(i)
Description of the work;
(ii)
The date of its commencement;
(iii)
The circumstances which bring the work within this category;
(iv) The maximum probable cost of the work with an enclosure containing abstract of
calculations; and
(v)
The date by which a detailed estimate of cost will be submitted.
(c) An abstract of calculation which forms the basis of the estimated cost should accompany the certificate.
(d) The Chief Engineer on receipt of such report shall take necessary action following the concerned rules
of the Public Procurement Regulation 2008 and its subsequent amendments and prevailing financial power
of delegation.
1203
Funding for Works
(a) Provision in Budget: Provision in the budget is not authority to incur expenditure on the work.
(b) Partial Funding: It may happen that an estimate may be sanctioned but that sufficient funds are only
allotted for a certain portion of the work covered by the estimate. In this case only that portion of the work
for which funds have been definitely allotted can be completed.
1204
Expenditure on Repair Work
Divisional Engineer may incur expenditure on ordinary revenue repair work up to the limit of his financial
powers and within the funds allotted to his division. In every case an estimate must by prepared and
sanctioned, all estimates exceeding the power of Divisional Engineer must be sent to the competent
authority for sanction.
1205
Alterations in Design
(a) No material alteration, especially in standard designs should be made in carrying out any work without
the prior approval of the authority that sanctioned the estimate. Should any alteration of importance,
involving additional expenses be considered necessary, a revised or supplementary estimate should be
submitted for sanction. In urgent eases where the delay thus caused would be inconvenient an immediate
report of the circumstances must be made to Chief Engineer and dealt with as the case may require.
(b) Where important structural alterations are contemplated, though not necessarily involving an increased
outlay, the orders of the original sanctioning authority should be obtained.
1206
Minor Modifications
Divisional Engineers need not ordinarily refer to higher authority for orders proposals for the introduction of
any modification, which is necessitated by purely technical considerations and provided it is within the
financial powers of the authority who sanctioned the estimate.
1207
Expediency in Executing Works
(a) All works should be carried on as rapidly as is possible after an estimate has been sanctioned, with due
regard to the extent of funds allotted and to soundness of execution.
- 94 -
(b) Interruptions of large works: All interruptions of large works in progress must be reported to the Chief
Engineer immediately, and an explanation of the causes and probable duration of such interruptions must
be given in each case.
1208
Agencies for Executing Works
(a) Works of construction, repair or maintenance may be carried out through the agency of either
departmental labor (railways own enterprise) or contractors. The agency for executing works may be
decided by the authority sanctioning the works having regard to economy and expediency. The
employment of both contractors and departmental labor at the same time and for the same work should, as
far as practicable, be avoided.
(b) Execution of works by departmental labor
(i)
The execution of works by departmental labor shall follow the procedure laid down in
paragraph 1211 below.
(ii)
Force Account may be used for hiring of direct labor for departmental needs in
accordance with Rule 82 of Public Procurement Rules 2008, and in the value and annual
aggregate amounts specified in Schedule II of the aforesaid rules.
(iii) Materials, tools and rental of additional equipment required to perform departmental
works under Force Account may be procured using other procurement methods such as
request for quotation or Direct Contracting under Rule 76 of PPR 2008.
(c) Execution of works through contractors
(i)
The rules relating to the execution of works through the agency of contractors have
been set out in Chapters XIII and XX.
(ii)
In the execution of urgently necessary works as defined in paragraph 1202 above,
the Divisional Engineer shall follow the procedures as laid down in Rules 69 to 81 of the
Public Procurement Rules 2008.
1209
Responsibility of Divisional Engineers
The Divisional Engineer in charge of the work is responsible for the proper execution of a work by whatever
agency it may be carried out. He should, therefore, make inspections as frequently as necessary, supply
his assistants and subordinates with such detailed instructions as may, from time to time, be necessary and
see to it that the instructions are complied with.
1210
Planning of Works
(a) In planning and monitoring the progress of works, particularly large projects, it is desirable to make use
of techniques of network analysis. This will enable planning and scheduling of various jobs in a major
railway project, such as construction of new line, doubling of existing single line, and gauge conversion
projects.
(b) The network analysis will help to identify interdependencies between jobs in a project.
(c) Network diagrams will help to determine the critical path for various jobs so as to provide inputs for
timely completion of the project.
1211
Temporary and Works Establishment
(a) On receiving orders, or being authorized by the competent authority to commence a work, the Divisional
Engineer may, if it is decided to carry out the work departmentally, entertain upon authorization, the
necessary temporary and works establishment within the amount sanctioned and subject to any general
rules that the General Manager may lay down.
- 95 -
(b) Temporary Establishment: This includes all such non permanent establishment, no matter under what
designations employed, as is entertained for the purposes of the general supervision, as distinct from
those required for actual execution of a work. Under this category will come such staff as draftsmen
and clerks other than stores and muster clerks actually employed at the site of works.
(c) Works Establishment: This includes such establishment as is employed for the actual execution, as
distinct from the general supervision of a specific work/ project or for supervision of departmental
labor, stores and machinery in connection with such a work. The entertainment of work-charged
establishment is subject to the following conditions:
(i)
The pay allowed to holders of work-charged posts should not, except with the
sanction of the competent authority, exceed the rates prescribed for such posts.
(ii)
They should be paid by the day or month, their employment ceasing with the
cessation of the work.
(iii) The cost of works establishment excluding labor should be shown as separate subhead of the estimates. No staff should be engaged without the sanction of Chief
Engineer/Engineer in Chief/Project Director.
(d) No subordinate staff (class III) should be engaged without the prior clearance of the Chief Engineer.
(e) Divisional Engineer must inform the District Medical Officer of importation and concentration of labor.
(f) Divisional Engineer should, as a rule, make own arrangements for labor and materials without having
recourse to the civil authorities.
(g) In the employment of staff and labor there should be no gender discrimination, women shall be given
equal opportunity and equal pay for equal work.
1212
Note Books of Subordinates
(a) Every member of the Civil Engineering department with responsibility for execution of the work, will in
addition to the, prescribed measurement book, keep a note book in which will be entered daily any
particulars with reference to the works in progress which may call for remarks, such as the nature of the soil
in which foundations are about to be commenced, the quality of material delivered at the site of a work or of
the workmanship in a building, also a sketch showing details of foundations, so that when these are buried,
the information is readily available for preparation of completion drawings.
(b) Remarks may also, be made in the note book regarding, the qualifications of subordinates, artificers,
and others employed on the work, performance of contractors; and in fact anything relating to the works in
progress which should be brought to the notice of superior authorities, either as being of general
professional interest or as requiring immediate notice or orders.
(c) The dates of all inspections, with a list of the works, and a memorandum of the accounts inspected, with
details on various points considered worthy of remarks should also be given and these note books must be
considered as official records, to be produced whenever required by superior authority. These should be
neatly and systematically kept and indexed.
1213
Site Order Book
For all important works a site order book should be opened and all instructions issued to the supervisor or
contractor should be recorded therein with the responses indicated there against.
- 96 -
1214
Environmental Considerations
In the execution of works the Divisional Engineer must ensure that:

(a) The Environmental Conservation Act of 1995 and the Environmental Conservation Rules of 1997
together with their respective amendments are complied with in all respects during the construction of the
works, and impact mitigation and monitoring measures should be taken, as necessary. In this regard
reference should also be made to Chapter XXXIX of this Manual.
(b) In the case of aided projects, the environmental requirements as agreed to by the Government with the
financing entities must be complied with, and environmental issues should be addressed in a timely and
cost-effective manner during project preparation and implementation.
(c) The works are undertaken and all facilities are operated and maintained in compliance with all
applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and the environmental assessment requirements and
environmental guidelines of the Government; it must be ensured that appropriate provisions shall be built in
to all contracts with civil works contractors to ensure that negative environmental and social impacts are
mitigated during construction.
1215
Resettlement and Social Aspects
(a) In the case of works or projects involving acquisition of land, the Divisional Engineer must ensure that
relocation, resettlement, and compensation for all persons who are adversely affected by the project or who
will be relocated as a consequence of the project (project-affected persons) will be promptly and efficiently
carried out in accordance with the resettlement plan and other documentation prepared in compliance with
the safeguard policies of the Government, The Acquisition and Requisition of Immovable Property
Ordinance of 1982 and the Immovable Properties Acquisition Manual of 1997 give the procedures
regarding payment of compensation to affected persons for acquired land and property.
(b) In the case of aided projects, in addition to the requirements under paragraph (a) above, the
requirements to resettlement and compensation agreed to by the Government with the financing entities
must be complied with in all respects.
(c) The Divisional Engineer must ensure that poverty and social dimensions, including considerations of
gender and stakeholder participation, have been incorporated into the design of the projects and are fully
complied with as per requirements of the Government during implementation of the projects.
1216
General Instructions
(1) Protection and convenience of the Public

In the execution of works, every care should be taken that the safety and convenience of the public are duly
attended to, and that all operations are carried on in such a manner as to interfere as little as possible with
the traffic or ordinary pursuits of the people. In particular attention should be paid to the following
requirements, irrespective of the agency undertaking the work:
(a) Temporary roads and bridges should, when necessary; be provided;
(b) The occupation of land, when practicable should be so timed as not to lead to the destruction of
standing crops.
(c) Safety distances to ensure safety of the public should be clearly marked and prominent sign boards
posted. Every sidewalk or road adjacent to the work should be closed or protected. All main roads, which
are open to the public, should be kept open to the public clear and unobstructed at all times. Diversions for
pedestrians should be constructed, where necessary for safety.
(d) Adequate and satisfactory precautions should be taken when demolition work is to be undertaken.
- 97 -
(2) Safety of Staff

(a) The imperative need for ensuring safety of the staff and workers engaged in the execution of works
either departmentally or through a contractual agency cannot be over-emphasized.
(b) It is necessary to ensure that all the safety measures are taken not only for the safe execution of work
but also for safety of the staff/labor engaged in the work.
(c) All safety precautions to be taken while executing works as laid down in the relevant regulations,
Factories Act, Workmen's Compensation Act, manuals and other publications/instructions issued from time
to time must be complied with.
(d) Staff concerned with the carrying out of repair or construction work must be frequently warned of the
danger of working in the vicinity of un-insulated power supply lines. Before commencing work they must
obtain the written assurance of a responsible representative of the wise harmless.
(e) On completion of the work when all men are clear and all ladders, and scaffolding has been removed,
the electrical representative must be notified in writing so that the power supply may be resumed.
(3) Serious Accidents
(a) Divisional Engineer and other officers or supervisors in-charge of works should furnish immediate
information to the proper civil authorities on the occasion of every serious accident; and in case of death on
the spot, they should if it is reasonably possible not allow the body to be removed until a police enquiry has
been held.
(b) In the case of an accident resulting in injuries to or the death of a railway employee, the procedure
prescribed in the Workmen's Compensation Act and the orders issued there under by the Railway
Administration concerned, should be followed.
(4) Religious Buildings
No religious edifice shall be destroyed or injured in the execution of the works without the full and free
consent in writing of the persons interested in it, nor without the concurrence of the principal civil or political
authority on the spot, except by the orders of the local government within whose jurisdiction the edifice
stands.
(5) Archaeological Remains
Officers employed on the construction and maintenance of railway will take all possible steps to prevent the
destruction of ancient remains of archaeological interest.
(6) Strategic Considerations
As considerations of national security and economic welfare of the people are of the highest importance, all
proposals for the removal of bridges or ferries, which may involve change in through communication, must
be submitted for the consideration and orders of the Railway Division.
(7) Rest Day
The execution of work generally shall be suspended on Friday, being the rest day for staff.
1217
Progress Report
A progress report of all works in progress during the month in a division should be submitted by the
beginning of the succeeding month to the Chief Engineer. The format in which such progress report should
be submitted shall be decided by the Chief Engineer. For this purpose a work should be considered to be in
- 98 -
progress from the date on which the detailed estimate there of is sanctioned to the date on which it is
completed.
1218
Record of Important Structures
A record should be kept of the nature and depth of the foundations of all important structures. For culverts
and small buildings a note on the drawing will be sufficient; but for all major bridges, large buildings and
generally all structures, the depth of the foundations of which exceeds 2 meters, plans and cross-sections,
and if necessary, longitudinal sections should be prepared. These diagrams should show the nature and
reduced levels of the strata passed through and reached and of all footing courses, and plinth. This record
should be filed in the Divisional Engineer's or Divisional Office within one month after the masonry in the
foundations has been started.
1219
Irrigation Works
No railway works affecting irrigation work may be undertaken without the full cognizance and approval of
the concerned Irrigation Authorities
1220
Works in Cantonment Areas
In cases where it is proposed to carry out works on railway land situated within cantonment areas which are
likely to interfere with the water supply, drainage or other-sanitary arrangements of the cantonment
authorities, the railway must give one month's notice of all such works. If no objection is raised by the
cantonment authorities within one month, it may be presumed that they have none.
1221
Works chargeable to Deposit
(a) In no case can any work, chargeable to deposit, or any works at a joint station, works for any other
government department or outside body be commenced till a detailed estimate for the same has been
sanctioned by the competent railway authority. In the case of deposit works the estimated cost must be
deposited before any work is commenced and in cases of excess over the estimate the additional funds
must be deposited before the increased expenditure is incurred.
(b) Deviations from Plans and Designs:. No deviation from the accepted plans and designs of works
undertaken for other Government Departments and outsiders should be permitted except with the
concurrence of the authorities who ordered the works.
(c) Expenditure Exceeding Estimate: If in the course of execution of a deposit work, it becomes apparent
that the expenditure thereon is likely to exceed the provision in the estimate accepted by the authority
ordering the work, the Executive Engineer should arrange to get the acceptance of such authority for the
additional estimated expenditure. He should also arrange for the deposit of additional money to cover the
estimated extra expenditure, in cases where such deposit is necessary for the execution of works.
1222
Excess over Estimates
The sanction to an estimate constitutes authority for spending a specific amount on a particular work.
Executive officers should not, therefore, incur expenditure or liability on a work in excess of the sanctioned
estimate without the prior sanction of the competent authority. If in the course of execution of a work it
becomes apparent that there is likely to be an excess over the sanctioned estimate of the work as a whole,
the Divisional Engineer should take steps:
(a) To restrict further expenditure on the work to the utmost extent possible until sanction to the excess is
obtained; and
(b) To prepare a revised estimate and submit it to the authority competent to sanction it. In case of
estimates sanction to which is within the competence of the local authorities, it will rest with the sanctioning
authority to decide in what detail the revised estimate should be prepared.
- 99 -
(c) Expenditure in excess of a sanctioned estimate should not ordinarily be left over regularization by postfacto sanctions. The orders of the competent authority should be obtained on the probable excess at the
earliest possible stage before the additional expenditure is incurred. In most cases, where the excesses are
due to an increase in prices over those entered in the original estimates, these probable excesses are at
once discovered when tenders are received for the work; and in such cases, a revised abstract estimate
should immediately be sent to sanctioning authority in order that authority may determine whether it is
advisable to proceed with the work in view of the additional expenditure involved. In all other cases, the
application must be made as soon as the probability of any excess is foreseen.
(d) In cases, however, where the work is in an advanced stage and is likely to be completed before a
revised estimate can be got out, the excess may, with the prior approval of the competent authority, be
dealt with in the completion report of the work. The fact that a competent authority has permitted the
regularization of excess over an estimate through the completion report should invariably be intimated to
the Accounts Officer.
(e) Notwithstanding the fact that the expenditure on a work has exceeded or is likely to exceed the
sanctioned estimate therefor, the following payments may not be withheld :(i)
Payments required to liquidate liabilities which have already been incurred at the date
of reporting the excess (whether actual or anticipated) to the competent authority for
sanction.
(ii)
Payments in respect of salaries, muster sheets, labor pay sheets or other pressing
claims provided that a definite statement in writing is made by the General Manager, Chief
Engineer, or Divisional Railway Manager, as the case may be to the effect that sanction of
the competent authority to excess has been applied for or will be applied for at the earliest
possibility.
Note: For purposes of this paragraph, excess over estimates should be determined with reference to the
aggregate provision (excluding credits for released material) for the work or scheme as a whole and not
with reference to the separate sub-estimates for sub-works constituting the works or scheme.
1223
Departmental Charges
When work is undertaken by the Civil Engineering department for outside parties including other
government departments, public bodies (e.g., municipalities, port trust) and employees of the railway,
departmental charges should be levied to cover the cost of tools and plant and of establishment
supervision. The charges leviable will be 12.5 percent on the total cost of the work (wages and materials)
including the cost of land, except where a rate higher than 12.5 percent is charged to governmental
departments on a reciprocal basis. The charge will be levied once only on the total outlay of a work (cash
and stores) and will not be in addition to a first charge of 12.5 percent on the value of stores.
Note: The above rules do not apply to works undertaken by engineering workshops to which the rules
applicable to works undertaken in workshops of the Mechanical department apply.
1224
Remission of Departmental Charges.
The General Manager may, at his discretion, waive wholly or partially the recovery of the departmental
charges that may be levied under paragraph 1223 above, provided that:
(a) The railway gains some advantage, not necessarily financial, by such remission;
(b) The reasons for the remission are recorded in each case and the remission is allowed with the
concurrence of the Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer; the non-incurrence of extra charges on
account of tools and plant and establishment supervision does not in itself constitute sufficient justification
for the remission.
- 100 -
Annex 1202(b)
EAST/WEST ZONE
URGENCY CERTIFICATE
Department........................Division............................Station.....................
1. Description of work..................................................................................
2. Circumstances which warrant the urgency...............................................
3. Maximum probable cost.............................................................................
4. Date of commencement of work..................................................................
5. Probable date of submission of detailed estimate...........................................
6. Provision of Funds..................................................................................
No................................Station.................................Date.....................
Forwarded for sanction to the Divisional Railway Manager/Chief Engineer/General Manager.
(Through the Divisional Accounts Officer
Station............................................ Signature.............................................
Date................................................ Designation.........................................
SANCTIONED
Station......................................... Signature.............................................
Date.............................................. Designation........................................
Copy to.--The Divisional Accounts Officer/FA & CAO for information.
Station......................................... Signature............................................
Date............................................... Designation.........................................
- 101 -
CHAPTER XIII
CONSTRUCTION OF NEW LINES
Note: The construction of new lines is undertaken based on the specific needs for rail transportation of
goods or passengers. These needs will determine the specifications that will govern the construction of new
line projects. As for example these could be for high speed passenger transportation, heavy freight traffic
for carrying minerals, general goods and containers. Besides new line or double line projects are executed
through the agency of contractors under contract agreements with the railway administration. Accordingly
the contracts should be prepared with due care incorporating all the requirements on the basis of which the
new lines are to be built. This Chapter outlines the general requirements which are relevant for new line
projects, however, every project will have specific requirements which will need to be catered for successful
construction of the new line.
1301
Preliminary arrangements
Preliminary arrangements shall include the following:

(a) Appointment of engineers, inspectors and staff for offices and Stores Depots.
(b) Allotment of funds and making disbursement arrangements.
(c) Engineers should ascertain whether suitable buildings for office and residential purposes are available
locally, if so they may arrange for taking them over on suitable terms and conditions. Assess the
requirement of tent accommodation for staff pending construction of temporary quarters.
(d) Preparation of working drawings for:
(i)
construction of stores depots and storage; and
(ii)
temporary quarters for engineers, supervisors, and other staff as necessary.
(e) Collection of drawings and information:

(i)
Approved plans of junction yards from the Chief Engineer;
(ii)
Type drawings of bridges, culverts, service buildings, staff quarters and other
structures;
(iii)
Rates from the local Public Works Department for all classes of work and
particulars of local construction agencies; and
(iv)
Information from the Public Works Department regarding water supply sources
and irrigation channels.
(f) Lists of irrigation waterways should be sent to the Irrigation Department and approval obtained to the
working drawings and openings to be provided.
(g) Obtaining approval of the local civil authorities to the proposed level crossings and their classification.
(h) Preparation of comprehensive index for all classes of stores required so as to form a nucleus of stores
at the construction depot.
(i) Submission of statements to the proper authorities for requirements of:
(i)
Engines and rolling stock for construction trains;
(ii)
Push trolleys, material lorries and motor trolleys;
- 102 -
(iii)
Motor trucks and other vehicles and earth moving equipment and any other heavy
machinery for use in construction work;
(iv)
Engineering plant;
(v)
Signals;
(vi)
Steel girders;
(vii)
Cement;
(viii)
Pumps;
(ix)
Permanent way; and
(x)
Other items.
(j) Codes.-The Engineering Code and the project report must be studied carefully and initial planning done
accordingly. It will be advisable to study completion report and other relevant cases of any other project
undertaken previously.
1302
Programming of works with Foresight
(a) Before any work is commenced it will pay the Officer-in-Charge to consider carefully all that there is to
be done. Besides the items covered in the paragraph above, the execution of the various works should be
planned with regard to time and stage when each is to be carried out, and arrange for materials, tools and
plant, contractors and staff required, on the lines indicated below.
(b) Each Engineer should very clearly assess the extent of work in his charge, his resources, and the local
rates and prepare a detailed program of all the works. Large bridges, tunnels and other such heavy works
should be commenced first keeping in view the canal closures and the working seasons in the area. The
detailed program once prepared should be adhered to strictly and may be reviewed with actual progress at
suitable intervals. In doing such planning it is advisable to consult officials of other departments such as
local government, Public Works Department and Irrigation Department, whose knowledge and experience
of the area (e.g. flooding, soil characteristics and others) and local resources (e.g. capabilities of local
labor, contractors and prevalent local rates) will be very helpful. Their co-operation is important and would
need to be ensured.
(c) To work out what materials, tools and plant are likely to be required, and where and when they will be
required so that once work starts there is no stoppage on these accounts. The logistics for procurement
and distribution of the materials and equipment would also need to be worked out to the last detail.
(d) For the works of bridges with well foundations, special tools, plant and materials might be needed e.g.
for curbs, riveting plant, dredgers or grabs, wire ropes hoists or winches for lifting and hauling gantries,
pulleys and mechanical operated dredging equipment and others. If there are a number of such bridges a
program will be necessary in order that heavy equipment is moved as necessary.
(e) Pumps of correct rating may be required for foundation work below sub-soil water level. The
requirements in this regard should be carefully assessed well in advance and pumps ordered on time.
(f) For tunneling and rock cutting work, the precise nature of work and the quantities involved should be
assessed and all tools, plants and stores required (e.g. explosives compressors, pneumatic tools, spare
drill bits, timber, tramway track, tip wagons and others) should be worked out and arranged well in time.
Modern method of tunneling requires electrical igniting equipment which ignites a large number of charges
in the complete section of the tunnel in cyclic order, the timing being adjusted, electrically, starting from the
centre and traveling outwards in a spiral in which case the entire explosive power is used up in blasting
rock within the section. This will give a deeper blast and more economical and quicker progress. Detailed
schemes with drawings will be necessary to pursue speedy disposal of spoil rock avoiding long leads.
- 103 -
(g) There will be other works, some requiring temporary tanks, pipes, wire ropes for ropeways, rails for
slides, timber and so on.
(h) All works will require building materials. Locations of brick kilns; stone, ballast and sand quarries; and
cement plants should be investigated and schemed into the work program in advance. As far as possible,
full use must be made of local materials, which will be economical for the project as well as help the local
economy to grow. All sources of supply of materials should be properly tested to meet the required
standards. This is particularly important for masonry and concrete to be used for structural construction.
1303
Land
(a) The acquisition of land is an important activity, for which adequate time must be provided in the
construction schedule. For the acquisition of land for the new line, it is important that the necessary
documents (schedules) and plans are provided to the concerned district authorities in accordance with the
procedures laid down in the Acquisition and Requisition of Immovable Property Ordinance, 1982 and the
Immovable Property Acquisition Manual, 1997. The procedure for acquisition of land is outlined in Chapter
XI of this Manual.
(b) The land to be acquired should be clearly dagbelled and the dagbels referred to in the schedules as the
boundaries.
1304
Dealings with the Civil Authorities
It is essential that Executive Engineers should be extremely tactful in all dealings with the civil authorities,
and on no account should any acrimonious correspondence be indulged in. Should any difference of
opinion arise, it is better to have a personal interview and talk over matters. In case of disagreement which
cannot be amicably settled, the matter should be referred to the Chief Engineer.
1305
Setting out works
(a) Works must be set out very carefully and once done, the setting out must be checked by a second
official. This is necessary because a small lapse may lead to a major mistake. As for example, on a large
bridge project, the abutments were finished 8 cm too low This did not come to light until the girders were
erected and the rails were laid. On enquiry it was found that the Assistant Executive Engineer, though living
close to the work had permitted supervisors to do the leveling, and had not checked it himself. This mistake
proved costly to remedy.
(b) While building embankment care must be taken to see that the full height and width of the banks is as
per plan, with allowance for subsidence. On high banks the levels should be frequently re-set. On the 12
meter high approaches to a certain bridge, proper precautions were not taken to make the bank to full
width, as a result after the rails were laid and the slopes were provided with turf, due to shrinkage the bank
was found too narrow in many places and had to be made up and widened and turf redone at increased
cost.
(c) Breaking of earth clods and lumps and dressing up of earth work in layers is important. There have
been instances where newly built high banks continued to give trouble for years due to settlement and slips
of sides. If necessary special staff should be deputed to ensure that this is done before the clods are
covered up.
1306
Standard dimensions
These should be carefully studied, and care taken that no infringement takes place. On the contrary there
may be reservation on the part of the Government Inspector to opening of the line, with consequent delays.
1307
Junction arrangements
Whenever the construction of a new line is sanctioned, particular care must be taken to see that proper
allowance has been made in the estimate for the work, which may be necessary to connect this line with
any existing line, as also for all extra accommodation required at the junction points. The concerned Zone
- 104 -
shall be required to provide necessary funds in their budget to cover the cost of their share of the
necessary junction works.
1308
Route Kilometer
It is essential that the route kilometer be preserved on the ground. This can be done by means of a short
piece of rail post driven into the ground at the toe of the bank slope with the kilometer number stamped on
it. Proper kilometer posts of standard design may be fixed later on.
1309
Contracts and measurements
(a) A liberal and careful interpretation of the rules laid down in the codes for the construction works is
necessary. The rules in the specifications and contracts should be carefully noted, and their proper
implementation insisted upon. The contractors should be given to understand from the beginning that the
terms of the contract are made to be carried out and will be strictly enforced.
(b) The greatest care must be taken as to measurements and recording them according to rules; to the
punctual submission of the daily reports of labor and materials. Receipts for materials issued to or taken
from contractors should all be on proper forms and not on scraps of paper. Contractors or authorized
agents should be permitted to give receipts.
1310
Stores
(1) Responsibility for Stores

(a) One of the chief duties of the Executive Engineer in-charge of construction is that of stores. It must be
ensured that .the staff detailed to account for stores are efficient, careful and responsible.
(b) He should ensure that stores are properly stacked and accounted for and that they are not allowed to
deteriorate or stolen.
(c) Stores shall be accounted for under a suspense head Capital and instructions for the accounting of
stores as issued by the Accounts Department from time to time and the rules given in the Engineering and
Stores codes must be strictly followed.
(2) Stores Suspense
The instructions for the maintenance of stores suspense account for the guidance of the Executive
Engineer in charge of construction divisions have been detailed in Annex 1310(2). It is mentioned that the
procedure given in Chapter 14 of Engineering Code take precedence over the procedure outlined in the
above mentioned Annex.
(3) Indents
In making indents or requisitions for stores and materials, full descriptions with dimensions, sizes or
customary equivalents, and sketches or plans as necessary should be provided; and the work for which
they are required should be clearly stated. Any particular characteristics should be explained. In case of
ambiguity, compliance of indents is likely to be delayed. The indent should be properly allocated by the
indenting officer.
1311
Tools and Plant
Tools and plant are liable to loss and damage. Responsibility for their safe-keeping should be assigned to
those to whom these are issued. SSAE in-charge of workshops must check their tools and plant monthly
and report any loss or damage. Assistant Executive Engineer must invariably check by making a personal
count every six months. This is necessary for the prevention of loss. A monthly return of tools and plant is
to be submitted to the Executive Engineer by all Assistant Executive Engineers,
- 105 -
1312
Accounts
(a) Rules for the maintenance of accounts of lines under construction are given in Chapters XII and XV of
the Engineering Code. Besides the relevant provisions of the Accounts Codes and Stores Codes should be
carefully studied and followed. It would be worthwhile to provide copies of relevant rules for ready reference
to all officers and supervisors at the start of the project. Correct and up to-date accounts are one of the
foundations of good work. The measurement book, the imprest the cash book, the register of works, the
contractor's ledger, stores accounts, tools and plant, material at site accounts should all be carefully
maintained and frequently scrutinized. Bills should be passed and paid as early as possible. If contractors
do not get paid regularly, their work may not progress.
(b) Materials at site account: Every effort should be made to keep the material at site account carefully and
to clear it monthly so as to avoid unnecessary balances. The balance of the materials should be checked
every six months as in the case of tools and plant.
1313
Completion as Scheduled
Work once started must proceed as scheduled with all care to avoid delays. It is important that new lines
should be made to worked to earn revenue as soon as possible, as the earnings before proper opening of
the line get credited to the Capital cost of the project. Besides, if a line is stretched on temporary bridges it
will at least cut out the cost of transport of materials for construction. This aspect should be examined
comparing the utilization and cost of temporary arrangements with the cost of transport involved.
1314
Finishing work
(a) Every effort should be made to do the work on schedule, and to get all work items completed in one go.
For instance while executing track works, the released and surplus materials should not be allowed to
remain scattered along the track but must be picked up and properly stored at the depot. Also while
constructing structures and buildings, care should be taken to see that materials are tidily stored and that
the surroundings are tidied up, and all surplus materials stacked properly and cleared away.
(b) Experience bears that the finishing part of the work may cause problems unless forethought and care is
exercised. It is necessary to keep up a steady pressure to finish of and get things into proper state for
opening the line. Buildings, signals, tank staging, ash-pits, fencing, level-crossings, platform and station
fittings and furniture require a large number of different items which need to be coordinated to complete.
1315
Bridge tablets
(a) Tablets should be inserted on the abutments and piers of all bridges giving particulars of the
foundations as follows:
(i)
Nature of foundation (whether wells, pile foundation, raft, spread type and others);
(ii)
Rail level;
(iii)
Reduced level of top of foundation;
(iv)
Reduced level of bottom of foundation;
(v)
Thickness of various strata passed through;
(vi)
The acronyms to be used on the tablets shall be as given below:
WL
SP
IC
RCP
CN
TP
Well foundation
Screw pile foundation
Iron cylinder
Reinforced concrete pile
Concrete
Timber piles
TA
BD
S
C
G
M
- 106 -
Top of Apron or flooring

Bottom of drop wall.
Sand.
Clay.
Grovel or shingle
Moorum
RL
BF
TF
Rail Level
Bottom of foundation
Top of foundation
A
R
Alluvium silt or earth

Rock
(b) The tablet should be provided on piers to show vital foundation details. The tablet should be of stone or
concrete about 50 mm thick and of suitable dimensions with the foundation information either carved or
embossed on it. A sampling of the information to be given on the tablet is shown below:
WL
RL
TF
BF
S
C
1316
CN
53.81
47.56
38.41
05
4.57
Completion Report
(a) The completion report should be submitted immediately after completion of the project. This report
should indicate the total actual cost of the project including the amount under several heads and account
codes.
(b) The Executive Engineer in charge of the construction must be placed on special duty to prepare the
completion report. This report will be accordingly verified by the concerned Deputy FA and CAO.
1317
Public health, sanitation, water supply and medical aid during construction
(1) Medical Attention

(a) Under the existing orders of the Government, the authority concerned must be advised of all new
sanctioned projects so that a committee may be convened to advise with regard to the necessary sanitary
measures to be followed in the interest of Public Health during execution of the project.
(b) The Executive Engineer must give due notice to the Divisional Medical Officer and other representative
of the Medical Department regarding arrival and move of any number of labor. The site for large labor
camps must be chosen by the Executive Engineer in consultation with the Divisional Medical Officer.
(c) For all staff employed on construction medical attention and medicines should be provided free of
charge to the extent available. For this purpose sufficient provision should be made in the project estimates
in consultation with the Medical Department, keeping in view the local conditions, medical facilities
available in the area and the number of staff and labor likely to be employed. Provision for special medical
staff should also be made depending on the above considerations.
(d) Besides quarters for the medical staff, a dispensary service unit with adequate accommodation should
be arranged for larger labor construction camps.
(2) Drainage
(a) Proper arrangements must be made for water borne sanitation and drainage of the labor camps which
should meet the requirements set by the Divisional Medical officer on considerations of safeguarding public
health.
(b) Open drains and pits where waste water may collect should be avoided.
- 107 -
(3) Water Supply

(d) Supply of pure water is of primary importance and every effort should be made to see that the water is
not only pure but that there are no chances of accidental contamination. The source of water, its handling
and storing arrangements must be carefully protected from all possible sources of contamination.
(e) Water supply for labor should be arranged at 45 liters per person, plus the quantity required for other
purposes. Samples of water supply for domestic purposes must be submitted to a recognized laboratory for
test, analysis and certification.
- 108 -
Annex 1310(2)
Procedure for Maintenance of Stores Suspense Account by Executive Engineers in-charge of
Construction Divisions
Notes: (1) The procedure outlined in this Annex is followed to the extent supply of stores is made by the
railway Stores department on demand by the consuming unit as per extant regulations. However, most
railway construction works are outsourced and done through the agency of contractors on the basis of
contracts which are inclusive of labor and materials to be arranged by the contractors. Under the terms of
the contract, the work is supervised by the railway to ensure that the quality of materials and workmanship
conform to the contract conditions. In the case of such works there is no transaction with the Stores
department.
(2) In the case of track rehabilitation work the materials of existing track (to be rehabilitated) are
counted/assessed during a joint inspection carried out by SSAE(Way) in-charge of the section,
representative of the Project department and the contractor. These are recorded in a statement that should
be signed by the joint inspection participants.
(3) At the time of handing over track to the contractor for carrying out the work, the statement of materials in
track is also handed over. On completion of track rehabilitation work the contractor shall hand over the
released materials to SSAE(Way) in-charge of the section in the presence of SSAE/Project. The released
track materials are further distributed as per instructions by Chief Engineer, and the transactions are
completed as per extant instructions.
1. Requisitions for Stores
The process of having supplies of stores in driblets should, as far as possible be avoided to realize the
economy of scale. However, stores which are not expected to be required in the near future may not
generally be requisitioned unless there is sufficient reason to do otherwise. The best course would be to
call for the requirements of the supervisors periodically sometime in advance, and when they are received
in the divisional office to prepare a consolidated requisition arid to submit it to the Executive Engineer, who
after satisfying himself as to the sufficiency or otherwise of the stores asked for by the supervisors will
determine on the actual quantities to be requisitioned. The format requisition should be prepared in
triplicate one copy for office, the second to go to the suppliers and the third to be forwarded to the storekeeper to whom the stores requisitioned will be consigned.
2. Railway Receipts
As soon as railway receipt for the consignment is received it should forthwith be transmitted to the storekeeper who will enter the same in the railway receipt register, and make enquiries with the Station
Master/supplier as to the arrival of the consignment.
3. Receipt of Stores
As soon as consignments are taken delivery of, the same will take them to the depot under the instructions
of the store-keeper-in-charge. The stores packages will be opened in presence of the store-keeper who will
receive them after checking the stores with the challan. The stores will then be entered in the receipt
register showing every particular in connection with the supply and the result of verifications of the bills for
the supply. Then depot receipt register or daily reports of receipts of stores are to be prepared in duplicate
(one office copy and the other for the divisional office) and one copy (the original in pencil to remain as
office copy and the carbon to the Executive Engineer's office) be sent to the stores section of the divisional
office after the items have been posted in the numerical ledgers and balances drawn.
4. Issue of Stores
On receipt of a proper requisition duly signed by a gazetted officer or subordinate in charge of a work,
stores will be issued. In no circumstances shall the issues be made without a proper requisition. Issue
notes will then be prepared in five copies, posted in the ledgers and distributed as follows:
(i)
One copy (block foil) to remain as office copy;
(ii)
Three copies (receipt foils) are to be sent to the officer or supervisor to whom stores
have been issued; of the three copies, the receiving officer or subordinate will retain one
copy, send one copy to the Executive Engineer's Office and the third copy to the storekeeper who will file the same along with the block foil; and
- 109 -
(iii)
One copy (Account foil) to go to the Executive Officer.
5. Maintenance of Records
(a) The store-depot will be under the charge of the storekeeper who will act in accordance with instructions
of the Executive Engineer.
(b) The store-keeper will be solely responsible for the proper storage of the materials, class by class and he
should also see that the materials are properly housed and are not left exposed thereby causing
determination of stores and consequent loss.
(c) The store-keeper will be responsible for the proper nomenclature and price List numbering of the stores
and he should see that these are sent weekly to the divisional office without fail. (d) The store-keeper shall
maintain the following records in the store depot office; and in no case should the postings in these
registers to fall in to arrears.
(i) Register of railway receipts;
(ii) Stores issuer's tally register;
(iii) Depot receipt register;
(iv) Register of advice notes;
(v) Register of scrap stores;
(vi) Issue Register;
(vii) Requisition register;
(viii) Register of requisitions not complied with;
(ix) Numerical ledgers;
(x) Issue Notes; and
(xi) Depot receipt registers.
6. Priced Ledgers
(a) All receipt and issue documents will be received in the stores sections of the divisional office that will
first value the same and then post them in the respective leaders.
(b) In cases where rates are not available on hand, the receipt and the issue documents should be valued
at approximate rates and the issue notes shall be prepared subsequently when the actual rate is known.
(c) The posting of ledgers is to be kept as up-to-date as possible i.e. the receipt orders and issue notes
received on a particular day must be disposed of on the same date or the next at the latest. This work
should not fall into arrears.
(d) The stock sheets should be posted as plus and minus receipts and should not appear at all in the issue
column. Before opening any new account in the ledgers it should be seen that the nomenclature and the
price list number of the item concerned is entered in the index book which will remain in-charge of the
stores accounts assistant.
(e) The balance in the ledger will be struck after each transaction with regards to quantity, and monthly with
regards to value. The quantity balance of each item as brought out in the ledgers should be compared with
the depot balances as per card leaders and also shown on each document. Discrepancy, if any, should be
investigated by the depot at once.
(f) The store keeper should keep the ledgers free from irregularities; staff will be held responsible if any
irregular balance is found without adequate action for its regularization.
(g) The store -keeper will pass on the vouchers after posting to the receipt and issue clerks who will post
them into the classification register for receipts and issues referred to in paragraphs below.
(h) When the posting of a particular month is completed, it will be reconciled with the classification register
and the total amount of receipts and issues of each price list No. will be posted in the balance return form.
The total receipts and issues of each class as brought out in this return should then agree with the totals of
the same class in the classification registers. Difference, is any, should be checked and rectified at once.
7. Reconciliation of numerical and priced ledgers
The reconciliation of priced and numerical ledgers must be done regularly in accordance with Code rules
and discrepancies if any should be rectified immediately keeping them up-to-date. To keep numerical
- 110 -
ledgers up-to-date and correct with ground balances, departmental stock verification of all items must be
done once in every six months in addition to any accounts stock verification done by their stock verifier. In
the beginning of a project first stock verification should be done within four months so as to correct
irregularities, which generally occur in the beginning. Such periodical check up is most important and
should be strictly carried. Divisional Engineer and the Executive Engineer should also carry out spot
checks of certain important items of stores.
8. Receipt of Stores
As soon as each issue note is received by the receipt clerk, entries will be made in the registers detailed
below.
(a) Depot receipt registers:
(i) Classification registers;
(ii) Purchase register; and
(iii) Register showing expenditure by classes on Local and Foreign stores obtained in
Bangladesh.
(b) Advice Notes:
(i) Classification registers; and
(ii) Register of Advice Notes.
(c) Stock sheets:
(i) Classification Register; and
(ii) Stock Adjustment Account register.
(c) Most of the stores are received either from railway stores depot or purchased through the agency of the
Controller of Stores. Hence all the purchases are passed through depot register receipts.
(d) As soon as posting of each month is completed, the registers will be totaled and the totals of the
registers showing expenditure by classes of stores will be reconciled with the classification registers. The
grand total of the classification register will then be journalized by debit to Stores and credit to the heads
concerned and the journal slip handed over to the booking section for posting in the adjustment book.
(e) The register showing expenditure by classes of stores should, in addition to the monthly totals, show the
progressive totals to end of each month during the course of each financial year.
(f) The receipts and issues in the priced monthly balance return register will be posted from the priced
ledgers. The totals of receipts, issues and closing balance, under each class, should agree with the totals in
the classification registers and the grand total of receipts, issues and closing balances of the register
should agree with the debits, credits and balances shown against the head Stores in schedule which
accompanies the monthly accounts submitted by the Divisional Office to the Accounts Office.
9. Advice Notes
Advice Notes of returned stores will be accounted for like ordinary receipt orders with the addition that each
copy of the advice note will be sent to the officer returning them, intimating him the amount for which and
the month in which adjusted. The amount of advice notes will be credited to final heads of accounts to
which allocated by the returning officer.
- 111 -
CHAPTER XIV
OPENING OF NEW LINES
Section 1: Arrangements for opening for goods traffic
1401
(a) The capital investment in the construction of a new line incurs interest charges. As such, it is important
that the line should be opened for revenue earning commercial traffic as soon as possible.
(b) It is the responsibility of the Divisional Engineer//Executive Engineer to see that a new railway line
should be opened for the public carriage of goods traffic as soon as possible after the rails have been
linked through a section of the new construction and reasonable facilities have been provided at stations for
the handling, receipt and dispatch of goods.
(c) Reasonable facilities for goods traffic at a station should not necessarily mean to include all facilities in
the approved layout plan. The arrangements for first opening for goods traffic alone should be such as are
just sufficient for handling the traffic which is immediately expected efficiently. The site set apart for goods
working must neither be encroached upon by construction materials or operations, nor must it interfere with
the construction program, and should include the following:
(i) A siding or part of a siding of a suitable length set apart for the exclusive use of the
goods wagons when loading and unloading;
(ii) A suitable space that is dressed and free from all construction material or debris for
the stocking of inward and outward goods;
(iii) A goods shed, if provision for one is included in the sanctioned estimate of the project;
otherwise tarpaulins should be provided for the protection of goods;
(iv) A small office for the goods clerk when a goods shed is not provided;
(v) Office furniture according to the scale prescribed by the open line administration;
(vi) A weighing machine and weights of standard types for the goods shed;
(vii) Residential accommodation for the traffic staff; and
(viii) Supply of drinking water for the staff.
1402
Responsibility for Opening a Line to Goods Traffic
(a) The Chief Engineer/Engineer-in-Chief/Project Director, under whose administrative control the line
under construction is vested, should fix the date of opening of the line or a section thereof for goods traffic
in consultation with the General Manager of the connected open line zone. Before fixing the date the
General Manager should arrange to have an inspection of the line proposed to be opened for goods traffic
by responsible officers of the Commercial and Transportation departments so that they may satisfy
themselves that adequate facilities will be provided before the date fixed. The open line administration
should at the same time arrange for:
(i) the compilation and issue of rates tariff for goods in accordance with regulations;
(ii) advertising the opening of the line to goods traffic;
(iii) the posting of the necessary staff such as goods booking clerks to all the stations to
be opened; and
- 112 -
(iv) the supply of the station scale, consumable stores, forms, and stationery required by
the goods booking staff at the stations to be opened.
(b) Inspection by Government Inspector of Bangladesh Railway. For the opening of a new railway line to
goods traffic, inspection of the line by the Government Inspector of Bangladesh Railway (GIBR) is not
necessary. The Engineer-in-Chief should notify the GIBR of the date fixed for opening the line for goods
traffic.
1403
Incidence of Operating Expenses and Earnings
The expenses for operating the new line for goods traffic, including the cost of traffic staff for handling
goods traffic are charged to the project construction estimate, and should be debited to Capital - 0perating
expenses pending opening of the line to traffic. The goods earnings are likewise credited to the project
under the head Receipts on Capital Account-Miscellaneous Receipts.
1404
Goods traffic working haulage of wagons responsibility of staff
When a section of a new railway line is opened to goods traffic, only those stations where large volume of
traffic is expected need be opened in the first instance. The haulage of freight wagons to and from the
junction station linking the new line to the network will be done by construction trains. Construction guards
will be responsible for taking over and making over of freight wagons as is done by traffic guards on the
Open line. The Traffic staff appointed for dealing with goods traffic at stations on the new line will have
nothing to do with the working of construction trains, but will be employed solely for the purpose of booking
or receiving goods and parcels through the agency of these trains. The Chief Operating Superintendent will
raise debit for Traffic staff engaged either at the junction or at stations on the new line for working the
goods traffic thereon. All goods earnings will be credited to Receipts on Capital Accounts of, the
construction project.
1405
Requirements at stations
(1) The following is required by the Traffic department at each station, to be opened to goods traffic during
construction. It must be provided by the Executive Engineer who will ensure that these are complete before
the opening for goods traffic;
(a) Siding or part of a siding of a suitable length set apart for the exclusive use of the goods wagons, when
loading and unloading;
(b) Suitable space properly dressed and free of all construction materials or debris for the stacking of
inward and outward goods ; the loading/unloading area should be serviced by a metallic road suitable for
the movement of heavily loaded road vehicles; the entire area should be well drained;
(c) A goods shed, if provision for one is included in the sanctioned construction estimate; alternatively
tarpaulins must be provided for the protection of goods;
(d) A small office for the goods clerk, when goods shed is not provided. For this purpose a wagon, a
temporary hut or tent will suffice during the period October-March, but for the period April-September either
the station building or one of the staff quarters must be completed and made available;
(e) Office furniture as per Annex 1405(1)(e);
(f) One weighing machine for goods shed;
(g) Suitable residential accommodation for the goods clerk and other goods shed staff; and
(h) Supply of drinking water for staff.
(2) The Traffic department will also supply station seals, stationery, forms, consumable stores,
arrangements for cash, and other requirements at the time of posting of the goods clerk. The expenditure
on the office equipment shall be charged to the project estimate.
- 113 -
1406
Notice required by Chief Commercial Manager and Chief Operating Superintendent
In order that the rates section in the office of Chief Commercial Manager compile and issue the necessary
rates tables in accordance with the regulations in force, the Chief Engineer/Engineer-in-Chief/Project
Director, under whose administrative control the line under construction is vested, will give the Chief
Commercial Manager and Chief Operating Superintendent a preliminary notice at least four months ahead
of the earliest approximate date on which it is expected that stations on the new line will be opened even if
they are to be opened for goods traffic only. The Chief Engineer/Engineer-in-Chief/Project Director will at
the same time furnish the Chief Commercial Manager and Chief Operating Superintendent with an index
map and tabulated particulars of the section to be opened as shown in the table below.
Km from
Chittagong or
KlN
1407
..Zone, Gauge, Class

Km.. to Km.
Intermediate
Name of Station/Civil
Code
Class of Traffic to
Distance
District
be Dealt With
Action to be taken by Executive Engineer
(a) After inspection, the Chief Engineer/Engineer-in-Chief and Project Director, under whose administrative
control the line under construction is vested, will determine the date, when the new line or a section thereof
can be ready for opening for goods traffic. The Executive Engineer shall see to it that the date fixed for
goods opening is not postponed.
(b) As soon as the date for the opening of the line or section of the line for public carriage of goods is fixed,
the Executive Engineer in-charge of the construction will make the following arrangements:
(i) A joint inspection of the line or section of the line to be opened to goods traffic with the
Divisional Transportation Officer and Divisional Commercial Officer. This inspection
should take place not later than one month before the date fixed for the opening. All
details regarding supply of stock, staff, stationery forms, and consumable stores should
be resolved. A time table should also be drawn up for the making and taking over of
wagons at the junction, so that construction train engines are not unnecessarily detained.
The results of this inspection will be reported to the Engineer-in-Chief.
(ii) The Divisional Engineer/Executive Engineer will keep the Chief Engineer/Engineer-inChief and Project Director informed of the actual progress and the works he is doubtful of
completing in time, so that if it is not possible to get everything ready on time, the
Engineer-in-Chief may give timely notice of the delay to Chief Operating Superintendent.
1408
Action to be taken by Chief Engineer/Engineer-in-Chief and Project Director
The Chief Engineer/Engineer-in-Chief and Project Director on receipt of the report of the Executive
Engineer that the line has been inspected by the Divisional Traffic and/Commercial Officers, and all
arrangements have been made for opening will:
(a) Advise the Government Inspector of Bangladesh Railway of his intention of opening the line or section
of the line to goods traffic; and
(b) Furnish the Chief Operating Superintendent and Chief Commercial Manager with a copy of the
Divisional Engineers/Executive Engineer's report.
1409
Action to be taken by Chief Operating Superintendent and Chief Commercial Manager
(a) The Chief Operating Superintendent, on receipt of final information from Engineer-in-Chief will arrange
to advertise the opening of the line or section of the line to goods traffic.
- 114 -
(b) The Chief Commercial Manager will take the following actions:
(i) Advertise the opening of the station for goods booking;
(ii) Arrange posting of goods assistant, tally assistant, seal man and other staff necessary
for the opening of goods booking;
(iii) Arrange supply of forms and stationery required for goods booking; and
(iv) Supply the station seals, consumable stores, furniture and other items received from
the Divisional Engineer/Executive Engineer.
1410
Responsibility for opening/working of line during construction
The responsibility for opening a line to goods traffic and the responsibility to see that everything is ready for
such opening rest entirely with the Executive Engineer in-charge of the construction. It is his duty to see
that all stations to be opened are properly equipped and staffed and that every effort is made to work the
goods traffic efficiently, while the line is being built.
- 115 -
Annex 1405(1)(e)
List of Equipment Required on Opening for Goods Traffic
SL
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
Item
Table, writing, wooden, with drawers
Chair with arms
Bench, Platform iron
Stool, wooden
Steel Almirah
Rack records steel
Cabinets, for secret & important files
Cash safe
Wall clock
Light, emergency, electrical
Bags, leather, for cash
Fire extinguisher
Chisel, cold flat
Funnel, tin
Hammer, hand
Lock, pad, galvanized iron
Seal, station, brass
Stamp, steel, station names, with pad and ink
Chain, safety
Kodali with handle
Lamp, hand singal, tricolor with burner
Scissors
Weighing Machine
Display board
Shelf, wall, fixed
Case, ticket, double (issuing)
Counter, ticket, issuing
Barrel iron
Bending bar
Caliper
Machine, ticket dating, with revolving
Lota, plastic
Snuffer
Board, Time table, Cement plastered with wall
Key, carriage door
Ladder, galvanized iron
Enameled iron direction Boards for Station Buildings
Points, Clamps
Hand Borrow
Curtain including swing ring & other accessories
Dressing Table
Sofa set standard size
Three seater bench
High level revolving chair
Hand signal flag
Fog signal
Quantity
2
2
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
2
6
6
1
1
1
4
1
1
4
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
As required
As required
As required
As required
As required
As required
As required
As required
4 set
2 dozen
Note: The equipment in this list should be reconfirmed by the requiring department before procurement is
initiated.
- 116 -
Section 2: Arrangements for Opening for Passenger Traffic

1411
Every line or section of line has to be inspected and passed by the Government Inspector of Bangladesh
Railway before sanction can be obtained for the public carriage of passengers. No line or section of a line
will be offered for inspection by the Government Inspector until it has been completely manned and
equipped. No temporary or makeshift arrangements, however safe, will be permitted. The Executive
Engineer in-charge of the construction should be well versed with the provisions of Chapter IV of The
Railways Act (Act IX of 1890) as further updated, and the Rules for the Opening of a Railway or Section of
a Railway for the Public Carriage of Passengers (revised 1933).
1412
Fixing Date for opening for Passenger Traffic
(a) The date for the opening of a line for the public carriage of passengers should be fixed by the Chief
Engineer/Engineer-in-Chief and Project Director, under whose administrative control the line under
construction is vested, in consultation with the General Manager of the connected open line zone so that
the latter may make suitable arrangements for working the new line for public traffic from the date fixed.
(b) The Chief Engineer/Engineer-in-Chief and Project Director, under whose administrative control the line
under construction is vested, will give the General Manager, Chief Operating Superintendent and Chief
Commercial Manager, three months notice of his intention to open a railway or section of a railway for the
public carriage of passengers.
(c) After fixing the date for the opening of a line for the public carriage of passengers, the Government
Inspector of Bangladesh Railway (GIBR) should be invited to inspect the new line and give the necessary
permission for the opening of the line. At least 14 days notice should be given to the Government Inspector
of the date on which it is desired that the inspection should take place.
(d) The date for the inspection of a line by GIBR, should in consultation with the GIBR, be fixed a week
before the date of opening for public so as to allow time for complying with the conditions, if any, set for
opening by the GIBR and also to enable the Executive Engineer to make over the working of the new line
to the Operating Departments before the actual opening of the new line.
(e) As soon as possible after the date is fixed for the inspection by the GIBR, the Chief Engineer/Engineerin-Chief and Project Director will advise the heads of departments of the open line Zone concerned to
enable them to make arrangements for the posting of the necessary staff. The staff must be posted in time
of the joint inspection by the concerned divisional officers.
(f) The Chief Engineer/Engineer-in-Chief and Project Director is responsible for seeing that the new line
offered for inspection of GIBR is in every respect fit for opening by the date fixed for the inspection and is
fully equipped.
(g) A new line should not ordinarily be considered fit for opening unless:
(i)
All station buildings and quarters included in the construction estimate are
completed and ready for occupation and use;
(ii)
The track is thoroughly tamped and/or packed and boxed throughout;
(iii)
All stations and locomotive yards provided in the construction estimate are
completed;
(iv)
All station signals, point indicators, derails or Scotch blocks are in position and in
perfect working order;
(v)
All points and crossings are correctly and truly laid;
- 117 -
(vi)
All level crossings proposed to be manned are provided with gatemen who have
knowledge of and are trained in the protection of trains; and
(vii)
Adequate arrangement is made for the maintenance of track and other
infrastructure facilities.
1413
Equipment
(1) The Divisional Engineer/Executive Engineer is entirely responsible for providing all necessary
equipment on the line and at stations to enable the operations staff of all concerned open line departments
to be able to efficiently and safely work the railway line. The Executive Engineer in consultation with other
departments arrange for the timely sanction of the competent authority for staff posts required for the new
line, arrange for their recruitment and/or placement and training before inspection of the Government
Inspector of Bangladesh Railway.
(2) The line should be fully equipped for opening to passenger traffic before inspection of the GIBR. The
equipment will include requirements specified in the General Rules 1981, and as may be requested by the
concerned open line departments, including Civil Engineering, Transportation, Commercial, Signal and
others as relevant. The equipment necessary is summarized below:
(a) Engineering:
(i)
Maintenance gauge with full complement of tools, hand signal lamps (not omitting
the oil), flags, fog signals and as detailed in Rule 201 of the General Rules;
(ii)
Level-crossing gatemen, vide Rule 226 of General Rules;
(iii)
Signals, point, points or trap indicators, derails or scotch blocks to be numbered
and put in exactly as shown on the station working rules. (All signals and points or trap
indicators must be supplied with lamps or discs as per General Rules 10 and 19,
respectively);
(iv)
Clamps with padlocks and keys for all running line points and points leading to
running lines;
(v)
Locks and keys for signals as laid down in. Subsidiary Rule 31b in General Rules
1981; and
(vi)
Latrines on the platforms.
(b) Traffic and Commercial:

(i) The list of equipment and furniture to be provided at stations at the time of opening for
passenger traffic is at Annex 1413(2)(b)(i);
(ii) General and Subsidiary Rules updated with correction slips, Freight chart and other
books, Goods tariff, Military tariff, Working Time Table, Fare Chart and Freight Chart and
other books as per requirement of Traffic Department and other documents as per
General Rules 170 and 171 and relevant Subsidiary Rules;
(iii) Stationery, forms, tickets, and consumable stores according to the requirements fixed
for each station by the Divisional Traffic Officers;
(iv) Digital telephone equipment, control telephone as per gradation and importance of the
station; and
(v) All registers, forms, and documents necessary for line clear working.
- 118 -
(c) Mechanical:
Carriage watering and washing arrangements.
(d) Medical:
Dispensaries, equipment and medicines.
1414
Supply of Rule Books, Time Table and Fare Table
The Divisional Engineer//Executive Engineer is responsible for seeing that copies of the General Rules,
Traffic manuals and other references supplied by the Traffic department, complete with up-to-date
corrigenda duly posted, working instructions and other notices having reference to the working of the line
are properly distributed to each station and that the time table and fare table (to be brought into force) are
conspicuously exhibited at each station.
1415
Co-operation of other Divisional Officers
As a good deal of the work detailed above is really beyond the scope of the Executive Engineer, it is
necessary that he should be assisted in this work by divisional officers of other departments concerned,
who will take over the working of the line immediately after the inspection by the Government Inspector of
Bangladesh Railway. With this object in view, the Divisional Engineer/Executive Engineer will call for a joint
inspection of the line by all divisional officers concerned, not later than one week before the inspection by
Government Inspector of Bangladesh Railway. These officers will jointly inspect the equipment at each
station, take remedial action as necessary and advise the heads of their respective departments.
1416
Documents to be furnished for Inspection by Government Inspector of Bangladesh Railway
(a) The following documents are to be furnished by the Executive Engineer to the Engineer-in Chief, not
later than two months before the date fixed for the opening to passenger traffic:
(i)
Application Form in E-l606. (An example of an application submitted to the
Government Inspector of Bangladesh Railway for opening of a new railway line is at
Annex 1416(a)(i));
(ii)
Description of the Proposed Permanent Work;
(iii)
Tabulated details;
(iv)
Index plan and section of the railway line;
(v)
List of questions and answers;
(vi)
List of infringements of maximum and minimum dimensions, if any;
(vii)
Certificates;
(viii)
Station Working Rules; and
(ix)
Copy of proposed Time Table on opening.
(b) Completion drawings of works. The completion drawings of bridges and other structures need not be
submitted with the other documents to be furnished, but they must be completed and kept ready for
inspection by the Government Inspector of Bangladesh Railway in the inspection car on the day of the
Inception.
- 119 -
(c) Test of Girders. Unless otherwise instructed, the Bridge Girder tests will be carried out by the Bridge
Engineer as prescribed in Chapter 11, paragraph 3 of the Rules for the opening of a Railway or Section of a
Railway for the Public Carriage of Passengers (1933).
1417
Responsibility for Readiness of Line
The Engineer-in-Chief is solely responsible that the railway line or section of a railway line offered for
inspection of the Government Inspector of Bangladesh Railway, is in every respect fit for opening by the
date fixed for the inspection.
1418
Completion of line
The line should be brought up to the state of finality stated below:

(a) All stations buildings and staff quarters included in the construction estimates must be completed and
ready for occupation and use.
(b) The track must be thoroughly packed and boxed throughout.
(c) All station and locomotive yards must be fully laid and completed as per plan accepted by all the
departments concerned.
(d) All station signals, point indicators or scotch block, must be in position and must correspond to these
indicate in the traffic station working rules, and must be in perfect working order.
(e) Points and crossings must be correctly and truly laid, and the clearances between guard or wing rails
and the running rails must be checked.
(f) Carriage watering arrangements must be complete and in proper running order.
(g) Guard rails must be in position.
(h) All A and B Class level-crossings should be manned by gateman.
(i) Permanent maintenance gangs must be distributed along the line and assigned respective gang beats.
1419
Final arrangements for inspection
(a) The inspection special and its timing will be arranged by the Chief Operating Superintendent in
consultation with the Chief Engineer/Engineer-in-Chief and Project Director, under whose administrative
control the line under construction is vested.
(b) The Executive Engineer will meet the inspection party at the commencement of his line and accompany
the party to the end. He should have with him all completion drawings of bridges, land plans, index plans,
longitudinal section of the line and at all times, a pencil, a pocket book, a foot rule and a tape.
(c) The Assistant Executive Engineer should be on the foot-plate of the engine and ask for instructions
beforehand as to locations of stoppage of the train on the inspection route. He should keep a careful
lookout on the inspection carriage for signals and control the movements of the train accordingly.
1420
Handling over of New Lines for operation to Open Line
(a) Once permission has been obtained from the Government Inspector of Bangladesh Railway to open the
line for the public carriage of passengers, the Executive Engineer will immediately make over the working
of the line to the Operating Department, who will then be responsible for the running of all trains, from the
date of opening.
- 120 -
(b) All new lines should be taken over by Open line organization within six months of the date of opening for
goods traffic. Ballasting and other residual works, if left over, should be got completed by the Open line
against the construction estimates.
(c) Allocation of Maintenance Charges: The maintenance charges of a new line are allocated to revenue
from the date of its opening. The date of opening in the case of new line should be held to be the date of
opening for passenger traffic of the whole line included in the construction estimate. In case there is likely
to be much time lag between the date of opening of the new line for goods traffic and passenger traffic,
specific orders of the Railway Division should be obtained regarding the allocation of maintenance charges.
(d) When handing over a project or work to the open line authorities at least two copies of the documents
specified for the transfer of charge in the paragraphs below should be prepared. One copy of each of the
documents should be sent for record in the division and the other for record in the headquarters Office of
the open line administration.
1421
Commissioning of Doubling Projects
(a) Opening for goods traffic

The new line of a doubling project should be opened to traffic as early as possible after the rails have been
linked through, so as to realize the financial return on the investment.
(b) Opening to passenger traffic
Provisions contained in paragraphs above for opening of new lines will apply mutatis mutandis to doubling
projects also.
(c) Handing over of doubling projects to open line
All doublings should be taken over by open line organization within six months of the date of opening to
goods traffic, ballasting and other residual works if any should be got done by the Open line against the
construction estimates.
(d) Allocation of maintenance charges on doublings
In the case of doubling projects which have been justified substantially on goods traffic, the working
expenses should be debited to revenue from the date the new double line is opened to goods traffic and
earnings also credited to revenue. If some works are yet to be done on the date of opening to goods traffic,
they should be charged to the doubling estimates.
1422
Commissioning of Gauge Conversion and Dual Gauge Projects
Gauge conversion and dual gauge projects are opened to passenger traffic straightway and provisions
contained in the paragraphs above for opening of new lines for public carriage of passengers will apply
mutatis mutandis for conversion/dual gauge projects also.
1423
Commissioning of other Railway Projects
(a) In the case of other projects the completion of the projects should be reckoned from the date on which
the project fulfills the purpose for which it when sanctioned was intended.
(b) Taking over by Open Line. All such works should be taken over by the open line organization with the
least possible delay within three months of their completion without prejudice to the obligation of the
contractors within the maintenance period prescribed under the relevant contracts.
- 121 -
1424
Transfer of Charge
(1) Narrative handing over Notes

The Engineer in-charge of the construction should make over charge to the open line Assistant Executive
Engineer in the manner given in Chapter 1 of this Manual. Narrative handing over notes should be
prepared by the engineer in-charge of construction, covering all aspects of the new construction. The
following should should be included in the handing over notes as relevant:
(a) General Description of the Line
All aspects of importance under several main heads of works should be described. Special attention should
be paid to:
(i)
Ruling grades, maximum curvature, compensation for grades, vertical curves,
transition curves;
(ii)
Axle loads for which bridges have been constructed;
(iii)
Details of track; rails, sleepers and fastenings, and others;
(iv)
Type of ballast; and
(v)
List of works to be completed by the open line and charged to construction
estimates. The dates by which these should be billed and paid for should be specified.
(b) Important Bridges
For each important major bridges a separate notes should be prepared giving details of training works
provided. Estimated discharges, maximum scour allowed for;
(c) Maintenance notes
Notes on special locations of banks, cuttings, and catch water drains, which require special attention in
monsoon or during sand storms should be prepared.
(2) List of Bridges
This should be prepared on the format given below taking care that details regarding foundations are
accurate.
No. of
Bridge
Kilometer
Spans
Type
LIST OF BRIDGES
Standard strength of girders
Flange
Rivet
Rivet
Shear
bracing
Nature of
Found
Training
works
Remarks
(3) List of Buildings

This shall be prepared on form E-1967 giving the following particulars:
(i)
Number of building;
(ii)
Location;
- 122 -
(iii)
Type, design and Class and others;
(iv)
Department to which allotted;
(v)
Purpose for which constructed;
(vi)
Description of the buildings, number of units, number of rooms, and other details;
(vii)
Floor area of main rooms, verandahs and others;
(viii)
Capital cost of land, buildings, electric and other installations;
(ix)
Assessed rent of staff quarters for buildings proper, and electric and other
installations; and
(x)
Any other particular required locally.
(4) List of level Crossings

The information pertaining to level crossings should be prepared in the form below.
LIST OF LEVEL CROSSING
No.
Kilometer and
telegraph post
Chainage
Description and class

of level crossings
Remarks
(5) List of Bench Marks

The list of bench marks should be prepared in the following form.
LIST OF BENCH MARKS
No.
Value
Kilometer and telegraph post
Chainage
Description
Remarks
(6) List of Completion Drawings

A list of all drawings, plans and tracings made over to the Open line should be prepared and signed by the
engineer in-charge of construction.
(7) List of Tools and Plants Made Over
The list of tools and plant made over should be prepared in the form given below.
LIST SHOWING TOOLS AND PLANTS MADE OVER BY
SSAE(Way).. Construction to SSAE(Way). Open line.
Item No.
Description
Number
handed
over
With gangs 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 so on
Handed over
(Signature)
Gate
Keepers
Work
shop
staff
PWI
Head
Trolley man
SWI
12
Taken over..
(Signature)
- 123 -
(8) List of Permanent-Way Material Made Over as imprest

This should be prepared in the following form:
LIST OF PERMANENT-WAY MATERIAL MADE OVER BY
SSAE(Way) construction at . to SSAE(Way) Open line, as an imprest
Item No.
Particulars
With gangs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Handed over ..
(Signature)
P.W.I.
Remark
Taken over
(Signature)
(9) List of Petty and Consumable Stores Made Over

This should be prepared in the form below. Petty stores, such as temporary engineering caution indicators,
hand signal flags, fog signals, which are handed over to the Open line at the time of transfer should be
shown in this form.
PETTY STORES HANDED OVER BY
SSAE(Way) . to SSAE(Way) .
First Equipment
Item No.
Description
Quantity or number
Remarks
(This should give notes as to distribution)
MM
Handed over ..
(Signature)
Taken over
(Signature)
(10) List of Material lying at Site of Works Made Over

This should be prepared in the following form:
LIST OF MATERIAL LYING AT SITE OF WORKS ON
Construction made over to. . . . . . . . . . . . Division Open Line.
Item
No.
Telegraph post
chainage
Ballast
Brick Stone
C m. C.m.
Bricks
1st 2nd 3rd
No. No. No.
Bricks
bates
Lime
Surkhi
Sand
C.m.
C.m.
C.m.
C.m.
And as on
Remarks
(11) List showing Maintenance Labor and Staff Transferred to Open Line.
This statement should show the name, father's name, rate of pay and date of appointment of the
employees who are on maintenance duty at the time of handing over and transferred to open line.
- 124 -
Annex 1413(2)(b)(i)
List of Equipment Required on Opening for Passenger Traffic.
SL
Item
Quantity
No.
1
Table, writing, wooden, with drawers
2
2
Chair with arms
3
3
Chair for Visitors
4
4
Stool, wooden
1
5
Steel Almirah
2
6
Rack records steel
2
7
Cabinet, for secret & important files
1
8
Cash safe
1
9
Wall clock
1
10
Case safe, medium
1
11
Light, emergency, electrical
2
12
Bags, leather, for cash
6
13
Bucket, galvanized iron, fire with proper stand and hooks
6
14
Chisel, cold flat
1
15
Funnel, tin
1
16
Hammer, hand
1
17
Lamp for sealing wagons
1
18
Lock, pad, galvanized iron
4
19
Seal, station, brass
1
20
Stamp, steel, station names, with pad and ink
1
21
Chain, safety
4
22
Kodali with handle
1
23
Lamp, hand signal, tricolor with burner
3
24
Scissors
1
25
Tarpaulin
4
26
Ladder, galvanized iron (for riveting wagons)
1
27
Weigh Machine
1
28
Display board
1
Note: The equipment in this list should be reconfirmed by the requiring department before procurement is
initiated.
- 125 -
Annex 1416(a)(i)
Example of Application to Government Inspector of Bangladesh Railway for Opening of New Line
Form E-1606
GOVERNMENT OF THE PEOPLES REPUBLIC OF BANGLADESH
OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR GENERAL
BANGLADESH RAILWAY
RAIL BHABAN
I hereby apply for your sanction to *
* The opening of a New Dual Gauge Railway Line from the End of
Day One track [KM 295.900] to Jaydebpur Junction station [KM
378.200] on Jamtoil Junction Joydebpur Junction Section for public
carriage of passengers for sectional speed of 120 km/h BG and 100
km/h for MG, being commenced and opened for the public carriage
of passengers when ready.
* Here enter name of work
2. With reference to Chapter VI of the Rules for the opening of a

Railway, I beg to enquire whether you wish to inspect the work prior
to its opening for the public carriage of passengers. If so, please
inform me and due intimation will be given of the date of completion.
3. In the event of your deciding not to inspect the work prior to
opening, the Engineer-in-charge will, on completion of the work,
dispatch a telegram * to your address intimating that the work has
been opened and that the safety certificate E1610/I has been signed
and dispatched by him.
4. The application for the use of locomotives and Rolling-stock to be
drawn or propelled thereby on the proposed line, in accordance with
Section 16(1) of The Railways Act. 1890 (IX of 1890), is sent
herewith
Not required
5. The following * documents are enclosed.
I. Temporary Works No temporary works are proposed.
(a) Drawings of temporary works: Nil
(b) List of Infringements to schedule of dimension: NIL
(c) List of deviations of from Parts I and VI of the Manual of
Instructions for Signalling and Interlocking NIL
(d) List of deviation from General and subsidiary Rules NIL
(e) Restriction : NIL
(f) Rules for Traffic Working NIL
II.
* Form of telegram Reference

application No. _______Dated
_______
Work opened or public traffic on
__________ First train to pass
_________________ No danger
to public Certificate for warded.
* If any of the documents are not

sent, then Nil to be written
against such items. Working rules
for extensive remodeling schemes
may be sent in not later than one
month before the date on which
the work is to be brought into use,
and in such cases will follow
should be written instead of Nil.
Permanent Works
(a) Description of proposed works Opening of the New DG Line from End of Day One track to Joydebpur
Junction station [Please see details in Appendix B]
(b) Plan and Section Please see Appendix C
(c) List of infringements to schedule of dimensions Please see Appendix D/11
(d) List of deviations of from Parts I and VI of the Manual of Instructions for Signalling and Interlocking
NIL
- 126 -
Annex 1416(a)(i) continued

(e) List of deviations from General and subsidiary Rules There will be deviations for the working of the
working of the Level Crossings [Special Class, A Class & B Class] Appendix D/16.
(f) Restrictions: There will be a Permanent Speed Restriction at different curves [Please see Appendix
D/17.
(g) Rules for Traffic Working There will be four new B Class railway stations, viz. Tangail, Mohera,
Mirzapur & Mouchak. Ibrahimabad station will no longer work as a Terminal station, rather as an
Intermediate station and Joydebpur station will work as a Junction station. Applications were sent to
GIBR for sanction of all these six stations.
7.
Certified that the arrangements shown for the Permanent Work are safe.
Yours faithfully
Director General
Bangladesh Railway
Encl:
As per list of Enclosure.
(Form of communication from GIBR to the railway authority conveying accord of sanction for carrying out the work)
No. ..
Date: 2009
From the Government Inspector of Railways, Dhaka
Division
To the
Bangladesh Railway
Sir,
Your No:
Sanction is accorded to the above work being carried out.
* I do not propose to inspect the work prior to its opening for the public carriage of passengers. When ready it may be
opened on a safety certificate E1610/1 (vide paragraph 3 of your letter) which should be submitted to me direct without
any delay.
* I propose to inspect the work prior to its opening for the public carriage of passengers. Advice of the date when the
work will be ready for inspection should be intimated at least 14 days before it is proposed to open it.
* Strike out paragraph not applicable.
Government Inspector of
Bangladesh Railway.
- 127 -

GOVERNMENT OF THE PEOPLES REPUBLIC OF BANGLADESH
OFFICE OF THE GENERAL MANAGER
JAMUNA BRIDGE RAILWAY LINK PROJECT
BANGLADESH RAILWAY
HOUSE # 41/A, ROAD # 27,
BANADI, DHAKA 1213.
Tel: 9882441, 9884902.
Fax: 880-2-88122635
No. PD/Jamuna-GIBR/7/2003-7339
Date: 28 May 2003
To,
The Govt. Inspector of Bangladesh Railway
Old Rail Bhaban,
Fulbaria, Dhaka.
Subject:
Ref:
Contract 1: A formal application for opening of a New Dual Gauge Railway Line from the End of
day one [ Km 295.900] to Joydebpur Junction [KM 378.200] on Jamtoil Junction Joydebpur
Junction Section for public carriage of passengers.
i)
ii)
iii)
This office letter of 21 May 2003 No. PD/Jamuna-GIBR/7/2003-7292

Your letter of 26 May 2003, No. GIR/475/B.B.S.P.-1(160)
This office letter of 28.5.2003, No. PD/Jamuna-GIBR/7/2003-7330
Concerned papers are resubmitted herewith after due corrections as desired.

You are requested to please accord sanction of the concerned applications.
Encl: As stated.
1.
CE/JBRLPs Application:
i)
Form in E-1606: Appendix A
ii)
Description of the Proposed Work: Appendix B
iii)
Plan and Section: Appendix C
Chief Engineer
Jamuna Bridge Railway Link Project
CC:
Project Manager. CSC/JBRLP, Banani. Dhaka

Addl. CSTE/W/Rajshahi
Addl. CSTE/W/Chittagong
- 128 -

List of Enclosures
PART I
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
Application Form in E-1606

Description of the Proposed Permanent work
Plan & Section
Form: I Curved Abstract
Form: II Gradient Abstract
Form: III Bridge Abstract
Form: IV Important Bridges
Form: V Ballast & Permanent Way
Form: VI Station & Station Site
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix C
Appendix D/1
Appendix - D/2
Appendix - D/3
Appendix - D/4
Appendix - D/5
Appendix D/6
Form: VII Station Accommodation
Appendix - D/7
Form: VIII Station Machinery
Appendix - D/8
Form: IX List of Questions & Answers
Appendix - D/9
Form: X Certificate to be given by the Manager [Certificates as per Paragraph Appendix 5, Chapter IV of the Rules for the Opening of a Railway or a Section of Railw D/10
for Public carriage.]
Form: xi List of Infringement of Maximum & Minimum Dimensions
Appendix D/11
List of Minor Bridges
Appendix D/12
List of Major Bridges
Appendix D/13
List of Important Bridges
Appendix D/14
List of Level Crossings
Appendix D/15
List of Deviations from General & Subsidiary Rules
Appendix D/16
Maximum Permissible Speed for Curves
Appendix D/17
Proposed Maximum Permissible Speed
Appendix D/18
List of Gas Pipe Line Locations
Appendix D/19
List of Over Head Power Line
Appendix D/20
Rail Wheel Interaction Study (28 March 2003)
Appendix
Study Report on Application for Condonation from the Standard Schedule of
Appendix
Dimension (04 July 2002)
e-mail from, dated 28 March 2003
Appendix
- 129 -

List of Enclosures (continued)
PART II
27.
Drawings attached:
i) Index Plan:
Index Plan:
Drawing No. 1-103
ii) Yard Plans:
Tangail station:
Bangladesh Railway Plan No. CE/JBRLP/C-1/4
Mohera r station:
Bangladesh Railway Plan No. [CE/JBRLP/C-1/5
Mirzapu station:
Mouchak station:
Joydebpur Junction station:
PART III
vi)
Bridge:
Sub-structure:
B-BA 2801 to 2859
For Girders:
JB-10 M RL 021
JB- 15 MRL 021
JB 20 MRL 021
JB 25 MRL 021
JB 30 MRL 021
B-CL 2701 TO 2714
vii)
Station Building:
F-159, F-189, F-190 & F-191
viii)
Level Crossing:
LC-1005, LC-1006, LC-1016, LC-1018, LC-1019, LC-1020A, LC-1022, LC-1023, LC-1028A,
LC-1032, LC-1033, LC-1040, LC-1048,LC-1049,LC-1057, LC-1065 & LC-1066 Type 001.
- 130 -

Volume 2 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Volume 2 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ASIAN DEVELOPMENT BANK

BAN TA 4847: INSTITUTIONAL SUPPORT FOR RAILWAY

WAY AND WORKS MANUAL

TERA INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.

TA 4847-BAN: INSTITUTIONAL SUPPORT FOR BR

TERA INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.

TA 4847-BAN: INSTITUTIONAL SUPPORT FOR BR

INSTRUCTION FOR THE USE OF THE MANUAL

TERA INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.

TA 4847-BAN: INSTITUTIONAL SUPPORT FOR BR

Assistant Executive Engineer

Continuous Welded Rails

Long Welded Rails

Senior Sub-Assistant Engineer

Switch Expansion Joint

High Flood Level

Public Procurement Rules 2009

Public Procurement Act 2006

Central Procurement Technical Unit

General Conditions 0f Contract

TERA INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.

TA 4847-BAN: INSTITUTIONAL SUPPORT FOR BR

Maintenance of Permanent Way (Section 1 Section 4)

Maintenance of Permanent Way (Section 4 Section 7)

TERA INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.

TA 4847-BAN: INSTITUTIONAL SUPPORT FOR BR

TERA INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.

TA 4847-BAN: INSTITUTIONAL SUPPORT FOR BR

Section 1: Duties of Head Mates

Annex 610, Keymans Book.

Section 1: Bridge Branch

TERA INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.

TA 4847-BAN: INSTITUTIONAL SUPPORT FOR BR

TERA INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.

TA 4847-BAN: INSTITUTIONAL SUPPORT FOR BR

Section 1: Land Acquisition and Relinquishment

TA 4847-BAN: INSTITUTIONAL SUPPORT FOR BR

Section 1 Arrangements for opening for goods traffic

TA 4847-BAN: INSTITUTIONAL SUPPORT FOR BR

TA 4847-BAN: INSTITUTIONAL SUPPORT FOR BR

1520 Importance, 1521 Systems of Track Maintenance, (1) Traditional manual

TA 4847-BAN: INSTITUTIONAL SUPPORT FOR BR

Part A. Track Circuits and Maintenance of Track Circuited Sections

Part B. Turnouts and their Maintenance

TA 4847-BAN: INSTITUTIONAL SUPPORT FOR BR

Part D. Curved Track and Realignment of Curves

TERA INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.

TA 4847-BAN: INSTITUTIONAL SUPPORT FOR BR

TERA INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.

TA 4847-BAN: INSTITUTIONAL SUPPORT FOR BR

Section 7: Functional Arrangements, Safety and Outsourcing of Track Works

Part A. Permanent Way

TERA INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.

TA 4847-BAN: INSTITUTIONAL SUPPORT FOR BR

TERA INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.

TA 4847-BAN: INSTITUTIONAL SUPPORT FOR BR

Section 3: Maintenance of Service Buildings and Staff Quarters

CHAPTER XIX, MEASUREMENT BOOKS, MUSTER SHEETS AND LABOUR PAY

Section 1: Measurement Books

TERA INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.

TA 4847-BAN: INSTITUTIONAL SUPPORT FOR BR

TERA INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.

TA 4847-BAN: INSTITUTIONAL SUPPORT FOR BR